Occupant Protection System Page 12M–1

Page 12M–1

Section 12M

Occupant Protection System

ATTENTION

Before performing any Service Operation or other procedure described in this Section, refer to Section 00

Warnings, Cautions and Notes for correct workshop practices with regard to safety and/or property damage.

1 General Information .............................................................................................................................10

1.1 General Description............................................................................................................................................. 13

Front Seatbelt Pretensioners.............................................................................................................................. 14

Steering Wheel Inflatable Restraint.................................................................................................................... 15

Instrument Panel Inflatable Restraint................................................................................................................. 16

Side-Impact Inflatable Restraints ....................................................................................................................... 17

1.2 Components......................................................................................................................................................... 18

Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) ............................................................................................................. 18

Side-impact Sensor Assembly............................................................................................................................ 20

Seatbelt Pretensioners........................................................................................................................................ 21

Clock Spring Coil Assembly............................................................................................................................... 22

Steering Wheel Inflatable Restraint Assembly.................................................................................................. 22

Inflator Assembly.............................................................................................................................................. 23

Instrument Panel Inflatable Restraint Assembly............................................................................................... 24

Inflator Assembly.............................................................................................................................................. 24

Side-impact Inflatable Restraint Assembly........................................................................................................ 26

Inflator Assembly.............................................................................................................................................. 26

Airbag Warning Indicator.................................................................................................................................... 27

Multi-function Display ......................................................................................................................................... 28

Chime Alert........................................................................................................................................................... 28

Seatbelt Warning Indicator..................................................................................................... ............................. 28

Seatbelt Buckle Switch........................................................................................................................................ 28

Warning Labels.................................................................................................................................................... 29

Wiring Harness..................................................................................................................................................... 30

1.3 System Operation – Inflatable Restraint and Pretensioner Assemblies......................................................... 31

Firing Mode 1........................................................................................................................................................ 32

Firing Mode 2........................................................................................................................................................ 33

Firing Mode 3........................................................................................................................................................ 34

Firing Loop Monitoring........................................................................................................................................ 34

1.4 Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision......................................................................................... 35

No Pretensioner or Inflatable Restraint Assembly Deployment...................................................................... 35

Pretensioner Only Deployment........................................................................................................................... 35

Pretensioner and Front Inflatable Restraint Assembly Deployment............................................................... 36

Side-impact Inflatable Restraint Assembly Deployment.................................................................................. 36

2 Diagnostics...........................................................................................................................................37

2.1 Prerequisites........................................................................................................................................................ 37

Equipment ............................................................................................................................................................ 37

Testing Procedures ............................................................................................................................................. 37

2.2 Wiring Diagram .................................................................................................................................................... 38

2.3 Connector Chart................................................................................................................................................... 39

2.4 System Self Diagnosis ........................................................................................................................................ 40

DTCs – Current..................................................................................................................................................... 40

DTCs – History..................................................................................................................................................... 40

Erasing DTCs ....................................................................................................................................................... 40

Data Display ......................................................................................................................................................... 41

Techline

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–2

Page 12M–2

2.5 Preliminary System Diagnosis............................................................................................................................ 44

2.6 Electrical Diagnosis............................................................................................................................................. 45

Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................... 45

System Diagnostic Check................................................................................................................................... 47

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 47

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................... 47

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................... 47

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................... 47

Airbag Warning Indicator Inoperative................................................................................................................ 48

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 48

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 48

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................... 48

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................... 48

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................... 48

Airbag Warning Indicator Illuminated (No DTC Stored) ................................................................................... 49

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 49

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 49

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................... 49

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................... 50

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................... 50

No Communications from SDM.......................................................................................................................... 52

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 52

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 52

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................... 52

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................... 52

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................... 53

2.7 Steering Wheel Inflatable Restraint Assembly DTCs........................................................................................ 54

DTC 17 – Driver Airbag Circuit Short to Battery................................................................................................ 54

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 54

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 54

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................... 54

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................... 54

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................... 55

DTC 18 – Driver Airbag Circuit Short to Ground............................................................................................... 56

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 56

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 56

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................... 56

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................... 56

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................... 57

DTC 19 – Driver Airbag Circuit Capacitance Too High..................................................................................... 58

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 58

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 58

Action Required................................................................................................................................................ 58

DTC 20 – Driver Airbag Circuit Capacitance Too Low...................................................................................... 58

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 58

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 58

Action Required................................................................................................................................................ 58

DTC 21 – Driver Airbag Circuit Resistance Too High ....................................................................................... 59

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 59

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 59

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................... 59

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................... 59

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................... 60

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–3

Page 12M–3

DTC 22 – Driver Airbag Circuit Resistance Too Low........................................................................................ 61

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 61

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 61

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................... 61

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................... 61

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................... 62

DTC 247 – Driver Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error ......................................................................................... 63

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 63

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 63

Action Required................................................................................................................................................ 63

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................... 63

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................... 64

2.8 Instrument Panel Inflatable Restraint Assembly DTCs .................................................................................... 65

DTC 33 – Passenger Airbag Circuit Short to Battery........................................................................................ 65

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 65

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 65

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................... 65

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................... 65

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................... 66

DTC 34 – Passenger Airbag Circuit Short to Ground....................................................................................... 67

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 67

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 67

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................... 67

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................... 67

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................... 68

DTC 35 – Passenger Airbag Circuit Capacitance Too High ............................................................................. 69

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 69

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 69

Action Required................................................................................................................................................ 69

DTC 36 – Passenger Airbag Circuit Capacitance Too Low.............................................................................. 69

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 69

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 69

Action Required................................................................................................................................................ 69

DTC 37 – Passenger Airbag Circuit Resistance Too High ............................................................................... 70

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 70

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 70

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................... 70

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................... 70

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................... 71

DTC 38 – Passenger Airbag Circuit Resistance Too Low ................................................................................ 72

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 72

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 72

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................... 72

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................... 72

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................... 73

DTC 247 – Passenger Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error.................................................................................. 74

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 74

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 74

Action Required................................................................................................................................................ 74

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................... 74

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................... 75

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–4

Page 12M–4

2.9 Left-hand Pretensioner DTCs ............................................................................................................................. 76

DTC 49 – Left Hand Pretensioner Circuit Short to Battery............................................................................... 76

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 76

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 76

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................... 76

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................... 76

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................... 77

DTC 50 – Left Hand Pretensioner Circuit Short to Ground .............................................................................. 78

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 78

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 78

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................... 78

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................... 78

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................... 79

DTC 51 – Left Hand Pretensioner Circuit Capacitance Too High ....................................................................80

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 80

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 80

Action Required................................................................................................................................................ 80

DTC 52 – Left Hand Pretensioner Circuit Capacitance Too Low.....................................................................81

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 81

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 81

Action Required................................................................................................................................................ 81

DTC 53 – Left Hand Pretensioner Circuit Resistance Too High....................................................................... 82

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 82

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 82

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................... 82

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................... 82

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................... 83

DTC 54 – Left Hand Pretensioner Circuit Resistance Too Low ....................................................................... 84

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 84

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 84

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................... 84

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................... 84

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................... 85

DTC 247 – Left Hand Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Error......................................................................... 86

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 86

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 86

Action Required................................................................................................................................................ 86

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................... 86

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................... 87

2.10 Right-hand Pretensioner DTCs........................................................................................................................... 88

DTC 65 – Right Hand Pretensioner Circuit Short to Battery ............................................................................ 88

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 88

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 88

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................... 88

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................... 88

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................... 89

DTC 66 – Right Hand Pretensioner Circuit Short to Ground............................................................................ 90

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 90

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 90

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................... 90

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................... 90

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................... 91

DTC 67 – Right Hand Pretensioner Circuit Capacitance Too High.................................................................. 92

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 92

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 92

Action Required................................................................................................................................................ 92

DTC 68 – Right Hand Pretensioner Circuit Capacitance Too Low................................................................... 93

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 93

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 93

Action Required................................................................................................................................................ 93

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–5

Page 12M–5

DTC 69 – Right Hand Pretensioner Circuit Resistance Too High....................................................................94

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 94

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 94

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................... 94

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................... 94

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................... 95

DTC 70 – Right Hand Pretensioner Circuit Resistance Too Low.....................................................................96

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 96

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 96

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................... 96

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................... 96

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................... 97

DTC 247 – Right Hand Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Error...................................................................... 98

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 98

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................ 98

Action Required................................................................................................................................................ 98

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................... 98

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................... 99

2.11 Left-hand Side-impact Inflatable Restraint DTCs............................................................................................ 100

DTC 81 – Left Hand Side Airbag Circuit Short to Battery............................................................................... 100

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 100

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 100

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 100

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 101

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 101

DTC 82 – Left Hand Side Airbag Circuit Short to Ground.............................................................................. 102

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 102

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 102

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 102

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 102

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 103

DTC 83 – Left Hand Side Airbag Circuit Capacitance Too High .................................................................... 104

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 104

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 104

Action Required.............................................................................................................................................. 104

DTC 84 – Left Hand Side Airbag Circuit Capacitance Too Low..................................................................... 104

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 104

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 104

Action Required.............................................................................................................................................. 104

DTC 85 – Left Hand Side Airbag Circuit Resistance Too High....................................................................... 105

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 105

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 105

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 105

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 105

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 106

DTC 86 – Left Hand Side Airbag Circuit Resistance Too Low ....................................................................... 107

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 107

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 107

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 107

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 107

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 108

DTC 247 – Left Hand Side Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error......................................................................... 109

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 109

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 109

Action Required.............................................................................................................................................. 109

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 109

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 110

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–6

Page 12M–6

2.12 Right-hand Side-impact Inflatable Restraint DTCs ......................................................................................... 111

DTC 97 – Right Hand Side Airbag Circuit Short to Battery ............................................................................ 111

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 111

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 111

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 111

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 112

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 112

DTC 98 – Right Hand Side Airbag Circuit Short to Ground............................................................................ 113

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 113

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 113

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 113

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 113

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 114

DTC 99 – Right Hand Side Airbag Circuit Capacitance Too High.................................................................. 115

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 115

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 115

Action Required.............................................................................................................................................. 115

DTC 100 – Right Hand Side Airbag Circuit Capacitance Too Low................................................................. 115

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 115

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 115

Action Required.............................................................................................................................................. 115

DTC 101 – Right Hand Side Airbag Circuit Resistance Too High.................................................................. 116

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 116

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 116

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 116

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 116

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 117

DTC 102 – Right Hand Side Airbag Circuit Resistance Too Low................................................................... 118

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 118

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 118

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 118

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 118

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 119

DTC 247 – Right Hand Side Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error...................................................................... 120

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 120

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 120

Action Required.............................................................................................................................................. 120

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 120

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 121

2.13 Peripheral Acceleration Sensor DTCs ............................................................................................................. 122

DTC 129 – Left Peripheral Acceleration Sensor Line Fault............................................................................ 122

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 122

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 122

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 122

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 122

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 123

DTC 130 – Right Peripheral Acceleration Sensor Line Fault ......................................................................... 124

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 124

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 124

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 124

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 124

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 125

DTC 131 – Left Peripheral Acceleration Sensor Communication Fault ........................................................ 126

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 126

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 126

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 126

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 126

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 127

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–7

Page 12M–7

DTC 132 – Right Peripheral Acceleration Sensor Communication Fault...................................................... 128

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 128

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 128

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 128

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 128

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 129

DTC 133 – Left Peripheral Acceleration Sensor Identification Fault............................................................. 130

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 130

Action Required.............................................................................................................................................. 130

DTC 134 – Right Peripheral Acceleration Sensor Identification Fault........................................................... 130

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 130

Action Required.............................................................................................................................................. 130

DTC 135 – Left Peripheral Acceleration Sensor Hardware Fault................................................................... 130

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 130

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 130

Action Required.............................................................................................................................................. 130

DTC 136 – Right Peripheral Acceleration Sensor Hardware Fault................................................................. 131

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 131

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 131

Action Required.............................................................................................................................................. 131

2.14 Miscellaneous DTCs.......................................................................................................................................... 132

DTC 161 – Configuration Mismatch: Too Little or Too Many Loops in OPS................................................. 132

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 132

Action Required.............................................................................................................................................. 132

DTC 163 – SDM Internal Fault........................................................................................................................... 132

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 132

Action Required.............................................................................................................................................. 132

2.15 Seatbelt Buckle Switch...................................................................................................................................... 133

Wiring Diagrams, Except Coupe....................................................................................................................... 133

Four-way Seat................................................................................................................................................ 133

Eight-way Seat – Non-memory ...................................................................................................................... 134

Eight-way Seat – Memory.............................................................................................................................. 134

Wiring Diagrams, Coupe ................................................................................................................................... 135

Eight-way Seat – Memory.............................................................................................................................. 135

Connector Chart................................................................................................................................................. 136

Circuit Description............................................................................................................................................. 137

Test Description................................................................................................................................................. 137

Diagnostic Table Notes ..................................................................................................................................... 137

Diagnostic Table................................................................................................................................................ 138

3 Service Operations – Inflatable Restraint and Pretensioner Assemblies ....................................139

3.1 Safety Precautions............................................................................................................................................. 139

After a Collision ................................................................................................................................................. 139

Fasteners............................................................................................................................................................ 139

Windshield.......................................................................................................................................................... 139

SDM..................................................................................................................................................................... 139

Side-impact Sensor ........................................................................................................................................... 140

Inflatable Restraint and Pretensioner Assemblies.......................................................................................... 140

OPS Wiring Repairs........................................................................................................................................... 141

3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabling Procedure.......................................................................................................... 142

Disabling............................................................................................................................................................. 142

Enabling.............................................................................................................................................................. 142

3.3 Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) ........................................................................................................... 143

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 143

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 144

3.4 Side-impact Sensor ........................................................................................................................................... 145

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 145

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 145

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–8

Page 12M–8

3.5 Seatbelt Buckle and Pretensioner Assembly.................................................................................................. 146

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 146

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 146

Disposal Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 147

3.6 Steering Wheel Inflatable Restraint Assembly................................................................................................ 150

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 150

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 151

Disposal Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 152

3.7 Clock Spring Coil Assembly............................................................................................................................. 157

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 157

Disassemble....................................................................................................................................................... 158

Clock Spring Coil Centring ............................................................................................................................... 159

Reassemble........................................................................................................................................................ 160

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 161

3.8 Instrument Panel Inflatable Restraint Assembly............................................................................................. 162

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 162

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 163

Disposal Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 164

3.9 Side-impact Inflatable Restraint Assembly...................................................................................................... 170

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 170

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 170

Disposal Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 171

4 Service Operations – Front Seatbelts ..............................................................................................178

4.1 Front Seatbelts – Except Utility, Regular Cab and Coupe.............................................................................. 178

Front Seatbelt Assembly................................................................................................................................... 178

Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 179

Reinstall ......................................................................................................................................................... 181

Front Seatbelt Buckle and Pretensioner Assembly........................................................................................ 181

4.2 Front Seatbelts – Utility and Regular Cab........................................................................................................ 182

Front Seatbelt Assembly................................................................................................................................... 182

Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 183

Reinstall ......................................................................................................................................................... 184

Front Seatbelt Buckle and Pretensioner Assembly........................................................................................ 184

4.3 Front Seatbelts – Coupe.................................................................................................................................... 185

Front Seatbelt Assembly................................................................................................................................... 185

Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 186

Reinstall ......................................................................................................................................................... 188

Front Seatbelt Buckle and Pretensioner Assembly........................................................................................ 188

5 Service Operations – Rear Seatbelts ...............................................................................................189

5.1 Rear Seatbelts – Sedan ..................................................................................................................................... 189

Rear Seatbelt Assembly – Outboard................................................................................................................ 189

Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 190

Reinstall ......................................................................................................................................................... 191

Rear Seatbelt Assembly – Centre..................................................................................................................... 191

Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 192

Reinstall ......................................................................................................................................................... 192

Rear Seatbelt Buckle Assembly ....................................................................................................................... 193

Right-hand Side.............................................................................................................................................. 193

Left-hand Side................................................................................................................................................ 193

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–9

Page 12M–9

5.2 Rear Seatbelts – Wagon and AWD Wagon...................................................................................................... 194

Rear Seatbelt Assembly – Outboard................................................................................................................ 194

Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 195

Reinstall ......................................................................................................................................................... 195

Rear Seatbelt Assembly – Centre..................................................................................................................... 196

Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 196

Reinstall ......................................................................................................................................................... 201

Rear Seatbelt Buckle Assembly ....................................................................................................................... 202

Right-hand Side.............................................................................................................................................. 202

Left-hand Side................................................................................................................................................ 203

5.3 Rear Seatbelts – Coupe..................................................................................................................................... 204

Rear Seatbelt Assembly.................................................................................................................................... 204

Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 205

Reinstall ......................................................................................................................................................... 206

Rear Seatbelt Buckle Assembly ....................................................................................................................... 206

Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 206

Reinstall ......................................................................................................................................................... 206

5.4 Rear Seatbelts – Crew Cab, AWD Crew Cab.................................................................................................... 207

Rear Seatbelt Assembly.................................................................................................................................... 207

Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 209

Reinstall ......................................................................................................................................................... 210

Rear Seatbelt Buckle Assembly ....................................................................................................................... 211

Left-hand Side................................................................................................................................................ 211

Right-hand Side.............................................................................................................................................. 211

6 Service Operations – Child Seat Anchors.......................................................................................212

6.1 Child Seat Anchors – Sedan............................................................................................................................. 212

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 212

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 212

6.2 Child Seat Anchors – Wagon and AWD Wagon.............................................................................................. 213

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 213

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 213

6.3 Child Seat Anchors – Utility and Regular Cab................................................................................................. 214

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 214

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 214

6.4 Child Seat Anchors – Coupe............................................................................................................................. 215

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 215

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 215

6.5 Child Seat Anchors – Crew Cab and A WD Crew Cab..................................................................................... 216

7 Torque Wrench Specifications..........................................................................................................217

8 Special Tools ......................................................................................................................................218

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–10

Page 12M–10

1 General Information

The Occupant Protection System (OPS) is designed to restrain and protect occupants of the vehicle duri ng a collision.

This is achieved by the use of:

• lap-sash inertia reel seatbelt assemblies fitted in all seating positions,

• front seatbelt pretensioners incorpor ated in the front driver and passenger seatbelt buckle,

• a steering wheel inflatable restraint (also known as a driver airb ag) for the driver,

• an instrument panel inflatable restraint (also known as a passenger airbag), where fitted, for the front passenger,

and

• a side impact inflatable restraint (also known as a side airbag), where fitted, for the driver and front passenger.

Some models are also fitted with active head restraints that are incorporated in the front seat assemblies. For further

information on active head restraints refer to Section 1A7 Seat Assemblies.

Locking of the inertia reel seatbelts is automatic. Deployment of the seatbelt pretensioners and inflatable restraints is

controlled by a sensing diag nostic module (SDM), which is mounted on the floor pa nel beneath the centre console. The

SDM incorporates a frontal collision sensor, while side impact sensor assemblies fitted to each si de of the vehicle detect

side impacts.

• Inflatable restraints do not provide

protection to the occupants on their own

and must be used in conjunction with

seatbelts.

• The rear seat is the safest place for

children.

• Never fit a rear facing child seat in a front

seat.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–11

Page 12M–11

Refer to Figure 12M – 1 for the location of the seatbelt pretensioners and inflatable restraint components.

Figure 12M – 1

Legend

1 Instrument Panel Inflatable Restraint (passenger airbag)

Assembly

2 Instrument Panel Inflatable Restraint Opening Trim Cover

3 Clock Spring Coil Assembly

4 OPS Wiring Harness (part of front body wiring harness)

5 Steering Wheel Inflatable Restraint (driver airbag) Assembly

6 Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)

7 Left-hand Seat Belt Pretensioner Assembly

8 Left Side-impact Sensor (peripheral acceleration sensor)

9 Left Side-impact Inflatable Restraint (side-impact airbag)

Assembly

10 Right Side-impact Sensor (peripheral acceleration sensor)

11 Right Side-impact Inflatable Restraint (side-impact airbag)

Assembly

12 Right-hand Seat Belt Pretensioner Assembly

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–12

Page 12M–12

Figure 12M – 2 shows the location of the seatbelt prete nsi oners, and the inflatable restraint assemblie s in the fully

inflated mode.

Figure 12M – 2

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–13

Page 12M–13

1.1 General Description

All seating positions are provided with an emergency locki ng retractor lap-sash seatbelt assembly. The emergency

locking retractor mechanism locks the seatbel t webbing under one or more of the following conditi ons:

• Angle of the retractor assembly (vehicle),

• Acceleration or deceleration of the vehicle, and / or

• Acceleration of the webbing.

Certain models have the option of height adjustable upper guide for the front seatbelts.

Both front seats also have a pyrotechn ic seatbelt pretensioner incorporated in the buckle assembly.

The conditions that determine the operation of seatbelt pretensioners an d inflatable restraints are difficult to quantify in

terms of speed or angles of impact. There are many other f actors involved, such as size of the object, the object’s ability

(or inability) to absorb some or all of the impact force, the speed at which the other object may have been travelling, etc.

Ultimately it is the impact force, or crash pulse, that is detected by the SDM or side-impact sensors which will trigger t he

pretensioners and inflatable restraints. Activation is n ot designed to occur in situations that would not provide a ny driver /

front passenger protection benefit.

It is normal in a low speed frontal or near frontal coll ision that none of the pretensioners or inflatable restraints will deploy,

as the crash pulse has not been great enough. In this situation the seatbelts should provide ade quate protection if worn

correctly.

In other situations, only the pretensioners may deploy as the crash pulse has been greater than the programmed

threshold to deploy the pretensioners, but not great enough to deploy the inflatable restraints which would deploy at a

higher programmed threshold.

Similarly, side-impact inflatabl e restraints will only deploy in situations where there is risk of serious injury to the

occupant, and only on the relevant sid e.

NOTE

A side-impact inflatable restraint will deploy

independently of the other inflatable restraints

and pretensioners.

The following table indicates the approximate tension / inflation times for the seatbelt pretensioners and inflatable

restraints:

Device Tension / Inflation Time

Pretensioner 5 ms

Steering Wheel and Instrument Panel Inflata ble R estraints 30 ms

Side-impact Inflatable Restraints 20 ms

Regular maintenance of the OPS is not required. Ho wever, if at any time the airbag warning indicator (located on th e

instrument cluster):

• illuminates while driving, or

• does not illuminate when the vehicle is started, or

• remains illuminated after 5 seconds from when the ignition is turned on,

there is a system fault, and this must be rectified as soon as possible, refer to 2 Diagnostics.

The diagnostic scan tool Tech 2 is programmed to assist with electrical diagnosis and problem solving. Tech 2 connects

to the SDM serial data communication using t he Serial Data Link Connector (DLC) located below the steering column.

For additional information on DLC location and system diagnosis, refer to 2 Diagnostics. For more specific and

comprehensive information regarding Tech 2, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–14

Page 12M–14

• Accessory type or after-market bull bars or

such devices not approved may adversely

affect the vehicle's desired threshold

characteristics for restraint device

deployment.

• Accessory type or after-market type dash

panel carpet covers or the like must not be

installed, as they will greatly inhibit the

performance of the inflatable restraint

assembly and front passenger's safety in

the event of an inflatable restraint

deployment.

• Fitting of accessories such as drink

holders, cassette racks, add itional mirrors,

etc. are not permitted in the immediate

deployment area of the front instrument

panel inflatable restraints. These items

may be dislodged and propelled towards

the vehicle's occupants when the

inflatable restraint assembly is deployed.

• Only approved accessor y and after-market

seat covers may be fitted to a vehicle w ith

side-impact inflatable restraints. Seat

covers that are not approved could greatly

inhibit the performance of the side-impact

inflatable restraint and occupant safety in

the event of side-impact in flatable restrai nt

deployment.

Front Seatbelt Pretensioners

The front seatbelt pretensione r assemblies deploy in two stages to protect the driver or front seat passe nger during

certain collisions, refer to Figure 12M – 3.

1 Before Deployment:

• The pretensioner is in a state of readiness unless the SDM detects a fault, in which case the pretensioner

may not operate, and the airbag warning indicator on the instrument cluster will illuminate.

2 Fully Deployed:

• The front seat belt pretensioner is fully retracted and the SDM records the data related to the prevaili ng

conditions and operation.

Figure 12M – 3

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–15

Page 12M–15

Steering Wheel Inflatable Restraint

The steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly deploys to protect the driver during certain collisions, refer to

Figure 12M – 4.

1 Before Deployment:

• The steering wheel inflatable restraint is in a state of readin ess unl ess the SDM detects a fault, in which case

the steering wheel inflatable restraint may not operate, a nd the airbag warning indicator on the instrument

cluster will illuminate.

2 Fully Deployed:

• The steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly is inflated and the SDM records the data related to the

prevailing conditions and operation.

3 During Restraint:

• The force of the collision causes the he ad and upper torso of the driver to move for ward into the infl ated

restraint assembly. Gas is vented from the thorax or chest region of the bag to the head region, red ucing the

chest loads and providing support for the head and neck.

4 End of Collision:

• The steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly deflates fully.

Figure 12M – 4

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–16

Page 12M–16

Instrument Panel Inflatable Restraint

The instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly deploys to protect the front passenger during certain collisions, refer to

Figure 12M – 5.

1 Before Deployment:

• The instrument panel inflatable restraint is in a state of readiness unless the SDM detects a fault, in which

case the instrument panel inflatable restraint may not operate, and the airbag warning indicator on the

instrument cluster will illuminate.

2 Fully Deployed:

• The instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly is inflated and the SDM records the data related to the

prevailing conditions and operation.

3 During Restraint:

• The force of the collision causes the he ad and upper torso of the passenger to move forward into the inflated

restraint assembly. Gas is vented from the thorax or chest region of the bag to the head region, red ucing the

chest loads and providing support for the head and neck.

4 End of Collision:

• The instrument panel inflatabl e rest raint assembly deflates fully.

Figure 12M – 5

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–17

Page 12M–17

Side-Impact Inflatable Restraints

The side-impact inflatable res t raint assembly deploys to protect the driver or passenger during certain collisions, refer to

Figure 12M – 6.

1 Before Deployment:

• The side-impact inflatable res t raint is in a state of readiness unless the SDM detects a fault, in which case the

side-impact inflatable restraint may not operate, and the airbag warning indicator on the instrument cluster will

illuminate.

2 Fully Deployed:

• The side-impact inflatable res t raint assembly is inflated and the SDM records the data related to the

prevailing conditions and operation.

3 During Restraint:

• The force of the collision causes the he ad and upper torso of the driver or passenger to move sideways into

the inflated restraint assembly. Gas is vented from the thorax or chest region of the bag to the head region,

reducing the chest loads and providing support for the head and neck.

4 End of Collision:

• The side-impact inflatable res t raint assembly deflates fully.

Figure 12M – 6

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–18

Page 12M–18

1.2 Components

Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)

The Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) (1) is a

centralised, self contained collision sensing and triggering

system that, with exception of the two side-impact sensors

for detecting lateral acceleration for the side-impact

inflatable restraint where fitted, requires no additional

external sensing inp uts.

The SDM is mounted under the floor conso le assembly and

consists of an electronic acceleration sensor system,

electronic control system, and ener gy storage devices. It's

electronics are capable of self diagnostics, fault memory

and collision event recording.

The primary function of the SDM is to sense collisi on events

and discriminate between those requiring and those not

requiring deployment of the pretension er and/or inflatable

restraint assemblies. Figure 12M – 7

In the case of a deployment event, the function of the SDM is to initiate the pretensioners, or the pretensioners and

inflatable restraint assemblies, in a timely manner in order to protect the vehicle occupants.

The SDM has the ability to command some aspects of the restraint devices indepe ndently of each other:

• Deployment of the front seatbelt pretensione rs only, or

• Front seatbelt pretensioners and inflatable restraint assemblies, or

• Side-impact inflatable restraint assemblies.

The SDM also performs continual tests on the pretens ioner and inflatable restraint electrical circuits.

NOTE

The SDM is designed for a one-time deployment

use only and must be replaced after a

deployment. If deployment occurs and the SDM

is not replaced, the airbag warning indicator in

the instrument cluster will be continually

illuminated.

Integrated into the SDM are two piezoelect ric sensors (accelerometers) that constantly monitor the acceleratio n data of

the vehicle. Microprocessors wit hin th e SDM run the outputs from the accelerometers through a complex mathematical

algorithm. The respective outputs are compared to a set of stored values in the processor memory. If the processed

values exceed their set of stored values, the SDM provides an AC output signal to ignite the pyrotechnic gas generators

of the relevant OPS components.

The SDM electronic diagnostic function performs the following:

• Continuously monitors the el ectrical circuits of the restraint devices.

• Controls the airbag warning i ndicator in the instrument cluster to alert the driver of a detected system fault.

• Provides a power reserve, in the form of a capac itor, to operate the restraint devices in case the vehicle s ystem

power is lost during a collision.

During deployment the SDM records and stores the foll owing OPS and collision event informatio n:

• Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) for detected faults.

• Airbag warning indicator operation data.

• Pretensioner and inflatable restraint deployment event data.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–19

Page 12M–19

The SDM communicates diag nostic information through the Serial Data Li nk Connector (DLC) for the follo wing purposes:

• System checks at the vehicle assembly plant.

• Service diagnosis (using Tech 2).

• Transmitting of collision event recording data for post collision analysis.

Additionally, in the event of restraint device deployment, the SDM will send serial data using the auxiliary serial data bus

(circuit 774) to advise various vehicle systems to take appropriate shutdown action.

The Powertrain Control Module (PCM) or Engine Contro l Module (ECM) monitors this serial data and p erforms a vehicle

shutdown once the appropriate data is identified and the vehicle speed is zero for more than 10 seconds.

The Body Control Module (BCM) also monitors this serial data and performs the following actions once the appropriate

data is identified and the vehic le speed is zero for more than 10 seconds:

1 Turns the interior compartment lamp on continuously.

2 Unlocks all doors.

NOTE

This is only effective for the ignition cycle in which

the deployment(s) occurred. Providing the

vehicle's electrical system is functional, cycling

the ignition will restore normal function.

There are three different, non-interchangeable SDM configurations. These can be identified by the last digit of the part

number:

3 − 3 loop system for pretensioners and steering wheel inflatable restraint only.

4 − 4 loop system for pretensioners, steering wheel inflatable restraint, and instrument panel inflatable restraint.

6 − 6 loop system for pretensioners, steering wheel inflatable restraint, instrument panel inflatable restraint, and side-

impact inflatable restraints.

NOTE

Always refer to the latest MY 2005 VZ spare

parts information for the latest part numbers

when ordering OPS components.

Figure 12M – 8 illustrates the SDM connector pins without side-impact inflatable restraints (A) and the SDM conn ector

pins with side-impact inflatable restraints (B).

Figure 12M – 8

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–20

Page 12M–20

Side-impact Sensor Assembly

The inflatable restraint side-impact sensor assembly (1),

also known as a peripheral acceleration sensor, is a sensing

component mounted on a bracket (2) attached to the centre

pillar (3) on each side of the vehicle.

The side-impact sensor is able to detect lateral acceleration,

recognise a collision, and s en d a sign al to the SDM that a

side-impact inflatable restraint deployment situation exists.

The SDM will then determine wheth er or not to deploy the

relevant side-impact inflatabl e restraint assembly.

Side-impact sensors are only fitted to vehicles with side-

impact inflatable restraints.

NOTE

Due to the critical nature of the torque

specification of the two nuts (4) attaching the

side-impact sensor to the mounting bracket, the

side-impact sensor is serviced with the mounting

bracket as an assembly only.

If there is a need to remove the side-impact sensor from the

vehicle, it must be removed as an assembly with the

mounting bracket attached.

Figure 12M – 9

NOTE

• A side-impact sensor is designed for a one-

time deployment use only. If a side-impact

inflatable restraint deploys, the side-impact

sensor and mounting bracket assembly on the

same side as the deployed inflatable restraint

must be replaced.

• Figure 12M – 9 shows the RHS side-impact

sensor and the wiring harness facing the rear

of the vehicle. The side-impact sensors are

uni-directional. The LHS side-impact sensor

has the wiring harness facing the front of the

vehicle.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–21

Page 12M–21

Seatbelt Pretensioners

Each front seatbelt is equipped with a pyrotechnic seatbelt pretensioner. The purpose of the pretensioner is to remove all

webbing slack from the seatbelt before the occupa nt has moved forward as the result of a frontal collision.

Refer to Figure 12M – 10 for the following.

The pretensioner has an igniter and gas generator (4) contained within a cylinder. Inside the cylinder is the retractor

cable piston (5) connected to both ends of the buckl e retractor cable (3). The cable passes through the retractor cable

interlocking cam (2) and then forms a loop internally in the seatbelt buckle assembly (1).

NOTE

The seatbelt buckle switch (7), is only fitted to

driver side seat pretensioner assembli es.

Figure 12M – 10

Legend

1 Buckle Assembly

2 Retractor Cable Interlocking Cam

3 Buckle Retractor Cable

4 Igniter and Gas Generator

5 Retractor Cable Piston

6 Pretensioner Wiring Connector

7 Seatbelt Buckle Switch Connector (driver side only)

A Seatbelt and Pretensioner Assembly Being Deployed

B Seatbelt and Pretensioner Assembly Fully Deployed

When an ignition signal from the SDM is sen t to the igniter, the gas generator is activated driving the retractor cable

piston down the cylinder. This action pulls the cable through the retractor cable interlocking cam and pulls the buckle

towards the seat, taking up the slack in the seatbelt. The retractor cable along with the piston is prevented from moving

back up the cylinder by the retractor cable interlocking cam. Once a load ha s been applied in the opposite direction of

deployment, the clamping action of the interlocking cam directly on the cable prevents further moveme nt.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–22

Page 12M–22

Clock Spring Coil Assembly

The clock spring coil assembly consists of the following

parts:

• A rotating inner hub (1) which eng ages with the rear of

the steering wheel.

• A wiring harness connector (2) which is incorporated

within the clock spring coil out er housing.

• A wiring harness (3) that connects to the steering

wheel inflatable restraint assembly (3A) and the

steering wheel horn bar and remote rad io co ntrols

(3B).

• An internal ribbon wire assembly (not shown) that

provides an unbroken connection between the

connector (2) and harness (3) as the steering wheel is

rotated.

The coil assembly operates i n the following manner:

• When the steering wheel is in the straight-ahead

position, the inner hub and outer housing are aligned

to provide approximatel y 2.5 turns of the steerin g

wheel in either direction.

Figure 12M – 11

• When the steering wheel is turned i n a clockwise direction (right turn), the inner h ub winds the ribbon wire as it

rotates with the steering wheel.

• When the steering wheel is turned i n an a nti-clockwise direction (left turn), the inner hub unwinds the ribbon wire as

it rotates with the steering wheel.

Steering Wheel Inflatable Restraint Assembly

The steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly contains four main components, refer to Figure 12M – 12.

The inflatable restraint assembly deploys through the steering wheel inflatable restraint trim cover.

Figure 12M – 12

Legend

1 Inflator Assembly

2 Fabric Cushion 3 Trim Cover

4 Base Plate and Locating Legs

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–23

Page 12M–23

Inflator Assembly

Referring to Figure 12M – 13, the inflator assembl y contains the following:

• An Electro Explosive Device (EED) (1). The EED consists of an electrical heating element (called a squi b) and a

small amount of lead styphnate covered with a mixture of titanium hydride and potassium perch lorate.

• An enhancer pack (2) with appro ximately 3 grams of barium potassium nitrate.

• A carbon based non-toxic composite propellant (3).

• A fine particle filter (4).

• Nitrogen gas exhaust ports (5) for the inflatable restra int assembly cushion.

• EED wiring connector pins (6).

Figure 12M – 13

During deployment, the inflatable restraint assembly operates in the foll owing sequence:

1 The EED receives electric current from the SDM and begins a chemical reaction by igniting the lead st yphnate and

the mixture of titanium hydride and potassium perchlorate.

2 The reaction of the lead styphnate, titanium hydride and potassium perchlorate ignites the barium potassium nitrate

in the enhancer pack.

3 The enhancer pack chem ical reaction causes the carbon based non-toxic composite propellant to rapidly produce

nitrogen gas that expels through the outlets.

4 The nitrogen gas fills the inflatable restraint assembly cushion, which separates the steering wheel trim cover and

inflates.

5 As the inflatable restraint assembly cushion expands, some of the nitrogen begins to exit into the passenger

compartment through vent holes of a calibrated size at the base of the cushion. This permits the gas to escape,

enhancing the cushioning effect, and provides deflation of the cushion.

After deployment, the surface of the cushion may contain a powdery residue. This powder consists primarily of

cornstarch (used to lubricate the cushi on) and by-products of the chemical reaction, such as carbon mo noxide (CO),

nitrogen (N), carbon dioxide (CO2), water (H2O), with trace amounts of oxides of nitrogen (NOΧ) and ammonia (NH 3). As

a precaution, gloves and safety glasses are recommended when handling a deployed inflatable restraint assembly to

prevent any possible irritation of the skin or eyes.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–24

Page 12M–24

Instrument Panel Inflatable Restraint Assembly

Components of the instrument panel

inflatable restraint assembly are not

repairable. Under no circumstances are the

components of the instrument panel inflatable

restraint assembly to be disassembled. The

inflatable restraint assembly contains a

pyrotechnic gas generator and the inflatable

restraint assembly cushion fold is critical to

inflatable restraint assemb ly performance an d

front passenger's safety.

The instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly contains five main components, refer to Figure 12M – 14.

The inflatable restraint assembly deploys through the instrument pan el inflatable restraint openin g trim cover. The

opening trim cover is a PVC and foam laminate over a n in jection moulded plastic insert, with a sheetmetal hinge heat

staked to the rear surface. This assembly is then attached to the instrument pane l pad assembly with four screws.

Figure 12M – 14

Legend

1 Instrument Panel Inflatable Restraint Opening Trim Cover

2 Instrument Panel Inflatable Restraint Assembly Plastic

Protective Cover

3 Cloth Cushion

4 Inflator Assembly

5 Instrument Panel Inflatable Restraint Assembly

Inflator Assembly

Referring to Figure 12M – 15, the inflator assembl y contains the following:

• EED wiring connector pins (1).

• An Electro Explosive Device (EED) (2). The EED consists of an electrical heating element (called a squi b) and a

small amount of lead styphnate covered with a mixture of titanium hydride and potassium perch lorate.

• Exhaust ports (3).

• Diffuser (4), which is a hollow circular mesh that reduces the turbulence of the gas exiting through the exhaust

ports.

• Burst Disc (5).

• Actuator piston, striking primers and enha ncer pack (6)

• Hybrid propellent (7).

• Radial holes (8), which allow the gases to flow throughout the assem bly.

• Argon gas (9).

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–25

Page 12M–25

Figure 12M – 15

During deployment, the inflatable restraint assembly operates in the foll owing sequence:

1 The EED receives electric current from the SDM and detonates the charge, firing the squib through the burst disc.

2 Once the burst disc is ruptured, argon gas begins to flow through the radial holes and the diffuser into the cushion.

The force produced by the gas and the rapidly inflating cushion separates the protective cover, and then forces the

hinged instrument panel i nflatable restraint opening trim cover open to fully deploy the inflatable restraint assembly

cushion.

3 In the same instance, the squib impacts with the actuator piston, detonating the striking primers and ign iting the

hybrid propellent.

4 Heat and nitrogen are genera ted by the chemical reaction of the hybrid propellent. The argon is heated and

expands which, with the nitrogen produced by the propellent, further inflates the cushion.

Internal tethering controls the fill and placement of the inflatable restraint assembly cushion to maximise the benefits to

the front passenger.

The windshield is used to support and position the inflatable restraint assembly cushion. In some deplo yment cond itio ns,

the windshield may be broken by the opening of the instrument panel inflatable restraint open ing trim cover when the

inflatable restraint assembly cushion deploys.

After deployment, the surface of the cushion may contain a powdery residue. This powder consists primarily of

cornstarch (used to lubricate the cushi on) and by-products of the chemical reaction such as carbon monoxide (CO),

nitrogen (N), carbon dioxide (CO2), water (H2O), with trace amounts of oxides of nitrogen (NOΧ) and ammonia (NH 3). As

a precaution, gloves and safety glasses are recommended when handling a deployed inflatable restraint assembly to

prevent any possible irritation of the skin or eyes.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–26

Page 12M–26

Side-impact Inflatable Restraint Assembly

Components of the side-impact inflatable

restraint assembly are not repairable. Under

no circumstances are the components of the

side-impact inflatable restraint assemb l y to be

disassembled. The inflatable restraint

assembly contains compressed gas and a

small pyrotechnic charge. Additionally, the

inflatable restraint cushion fold is critical to

inflatable restraint performance and front

occupant safety.

The side-impact inflatable res t raint assembly contains five main components, refer to Figure 12M – 16.

The inflatable restraint assembly deploys through the seat back foam an d seat back fabric at the forward side seam,

providing a protective barrier between the occupant and the vehicle door.

Figure 12M – 16

Legend

1 Wiring Harness

2 Inflator and Housing (nylon fabric cushion removed for

clarity)

3 Plastic Container

4 Protective Reinforcement Paper (Tyvek) Cover

5 Nylon Fabric Cushion

6 Barrier

Inflator Assembly

Referring to Figure 12M – 17, the inflator assembl y contains the following:

• A small amount of oxidiser (1).

• A small amount of fuel (ethanol) (2).

• Compressed inert gas (t ypically Argon) in a sealed chamber (3).

• An initiator (4), which consists of an electrical heati ng element (called a squib), covered with a mixture of sensitive

pyrotechnical charge.

• Burst Discs (5) and (6).

• Diffuser (7), which is a hollow circular mesh that reduces the turbulence of the gas exiting through the exhaust

ports.

• Exhaust ports (8).

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–27

Page 12M–27

Figure 12M – 17

During deployment, the side- impact airbag inflator operates in three stages:

1 The initiator receives electric current from the SDM, heating the sensitive pyrotechnic charge, which ignites the fuel.

2 The combustion of the fuel and oxidiser creates enough pressure to burst the disks, heating the compressed gas

and allowing it to escape into the cushion.

3 The heated expanding gas starts to unfold the inflatable restraint cushion, which separates the protective cover, the

seatback foam and the seatback fabric, and inflates.

As the cushion inflates, some of the gas begins to exit into the passenger’s compartment through vent holes or through

the pores of the cushion fabric. Internal tethering controls the fill and placement of the airbag to maximise the benefits to

the front occupant.

Airbag Warning Indicator

The airbag warning indicator is located in the instrument

cluster.

Legend

1 Airbag Warning Indicator (Airbag Warning Lamp)

2 Multi Function Display (MFD)

3 Seatbelt Warning Indicator

Figure 12M – 18

The airbag warning indicator is controlled by the SDM using the serial data circuit and will illuminate to warn the driver

the system has been disabled or there is a fault in the system.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–28

Page 12M–28

The airbag warning ind icator will illuminate when:

• The ignition is switched on. The airbag warning indicator will be illuminated for approximately five seconds to

indicate the system start-up sequence. During this period the SDM performs a system wiring and self check. If no

system faults are detected, the airbag warning indicator will be switched off.

• If communication is lost between the SDM and the instrument cluster (for example SDM wiring harness

disconnected or no BCM pol l) the airbag warning indicator will be illuminated when the ignition is first switched on

and then commanded on constantly until the fault is remedied (communication resumed) (No DTC will set).

• If an inflatable restraint assembly and/or pretensioner is deployed, the airbag warning indicator will be illuminate d

until the problem is resolved (No DTC will set).

• If one or more current or history Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are detected when the ignition is s witched on,

the airbag warning indicator will illuminate a nd remain illuminated until the DT C is cleared. Additionally, 3 seconds

after the ignition is switched on, an audible warning chime will sound.

• During an ignition cycle, if the SDM detects a current DTC, the airbag warning indicator will be illuminated. If during

this cycle, the current DTC fault condition clears, a history DTC will be logged i n the SDM and the airbag warning

indicator will still remain illuminated.

• When Tech 2 is communicating with the SDM, the airbag warning indicator will be illuminated and the inflatable

restraint assemblies and pret ensioners will be disabled.

For details on all DTCs, refer to 2 Diagnostics in this Section.

Multi-function Display

In addition to the airbag warning indicator, the instrument cluster has a Multi-function Display (MFD), which displays a

warning message Airbag Fault (2) to alert the driver of a possible fault with the system, refer to Figure 12M – 18.

The MFD warning message is controlled by the BCM. The MFD warning message is activated by the BCM when the

SDM sets a poll response message, using the serial data circ uit.

For more information, refer to Section 12C Instruments.

Chime Alert

The airbag warning indicator and MFD are complemented by a warning chi m e to alert the driver audibly of a possible

fault with the system.

The warning chime alert is controlled by the BCM. The warning chime alert is activated by the BCM when the SDM sets

a poll response message usin g the serial data circuit.

For more information, refer to Section 12C Instruments.

Seatbelt Warning Indicator

The seatbelt warning indicato r (3), refer to Figure 12M – 18, uses a ground circuit provided by the driver’s seatbelt b uckle

switch to turn off the indicator. Whenever the ignition is turned on, the seatbelt warning ind icator LED illuminates

continuously for 60 seconds. If the seatbelt has not been fastened during this period, the indicator will flash for a further

90 seconds at which point it will extinguish, e ven if the seatb elt is not fasten ed.

When illuminated, the indicator will extinguish as soon as the driver’s seat belt is fastened.

If the seat belt is removed after having been fastened, the indicator illuminates continuously again, and the cycle repeats.

For information on the seatbelt buckle switch, refer to Seatbelt Buckle Switch in this Section.

Seatbelt Buckle Switch

The seatbelt buckle switch is a microswitch located in the buckle part of the pretensioner assembly. It is only fitted to the

driver’s pretensioner assembl y. The switch is not connected to the SDM.

The switch provides a ground circuit for the seatbelt warning indicator on the instrument cluster, when the seatbelt is not

inserted into the buckle. When the seatbelt is inserted into the buckle, the contact on the microswitch is broken and the

path to ground is open-circuit, refer to 2.15 Seatbelt Buckle Switch in this Section.

For further information on the seatbelt warning indicator, refer to Seatbelt Warning Indicator in this Section.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–29

Page 12M–29

Warning Labels

In order to provide adequate warning of the OPS operation and service requirement to the vehicle's owner, driver or

service technicians, OPS warning labels are located on various comp onents of the vehicle, refer to Figure 12M – 19.

NOTE

If at any time any these components are

replaced, ensure the appropriate warning label is

applied to the replacement part.

Figure 12M – 19

Legend

1 Passenger Side Sunvisor

2 Driver Side Sunvisor

3 Steering Wheel (inflatable restraint assembly removed)

4 Right-hand Centre Pillar (vehicles with side impact inflatable

restraints)

5 Left-hand Centre Pillar (vehicles with side impact inflatable

restraints)

6 Right-hand Centre Pillar Upper Finisher (vehicles with side

impact inflatable restraints)

7 Left-hand Centre Pillar Upper Finisher (vehicles with side

impact inflatable restraints)

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–30

Page 12M–30

Wiring Harness

Due to the sensitive nature of the circuitry for

restraint devices, special wiring repair

procedures have been developed, refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams. These are the

only recommended and approved wiring

repair methods for restraint devices.

The wiring harness for restraint devices can be identified by the yellow PVC tubing or yellow tape covering the harness

wiring. Specific wiring harness connectors for restraint devices are either coloured yellow, mustard or orange, or have a

yellow retaining clip or slide to identify them.

The connectors on the wiring harness for restraint devices, which interface with the igniters, have an in-built capacitor,

which is connected in series with the trigger circuit. The purpose of the capacitor is to prevent unintentional triggering of

the restraint devices by blocking an y Direct Current (DC) in the circuit.

Figure 12M – 20 illustrates the wiring harness connector

with an in-built capacitor. The connector consists of:

• Capacitor (1).

• Service holes to aid in diagno s is of the system (2).

• Connector Pins (3).

Figure 12M – 20

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–31

Page 12M–31

1.3 System Operation – Inflatable Restraint

and Pretensioner Assemblies

Each of the inflatable restraint assemblies and pretensioners has a built in capacitor as part of the circuit.

This capacitor acts as a safety function within the circuit so that if either of the two wires that form the harness are

shorted to ground or battery, there will be no current flow and therefore the inflatable restraint assembly will not deploy.

A capacitor will only allow current flow with an alternating current (AC) supply. As the battery is direct current (DC) the

capacitor will not allow current flo w if it is shorted to a DC suppl y.

Within the SDM, a ‘H’ bridge circuit is used to supply the inflatable restraint assembly with an AC supply when the SDM

senses an impact that requires deployment of the restraint assembly. The 'H' bridge circuit is used to allow readiness in

the case of single wiring harness faults. The bridge structur e allows several firing paths so the restraint assembly can be

deployed even if one of the four power transistors is faulty.

NOTE

S1, S2, S3, and S4 denote the four transistors

that form the ‘H’ bridge circuit, refer to

Figure 12M – 21, which sho ws the steeri ng wheel

inflatable restraint assembly wiring diagram. All

firing loops function in the same manner.

The ‘H’ bridge has two sources of supply; the internal capacitor (ER) of the SDM, which is the energy reserve sup pl y,

and battery positive. The function of the energy reserve, which stores 45 V, is to provide power for restraint assembly

deployment in the situation where battery positive is not available to the SDM (if the battery positive supply is interrupted

during an impact).

The following firing modes are a breakdown of the SDM converting DC into AC and the supply of that AC to the inflatable

restraint assembly to cause a deployme nt.

Firing Modes 1 and 2 are activated alternately for several cycles respectively. If the voltage at the po wer stages has

dropped to below 25 V, Mode 3 is started. If the energy res erve is not avai lable for any reason when firing is required,

only battery voltage at the power stage is present, and firing occurs immediately with Firing Mode 3.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–32

Page 12M–32

Firing Mode 1

Firing Mode 1 is designed to activate the initiator (1) in the event the negative side of the firing loop (circuit 3020) is

shorted to ground or battery, refer to Figure 12M – 21. Throughout Firing Mode 1, S3 grounds this side of the circuit.

When the circuit is charging (A), the ER supplies power to the positive side of the firing loop (circuit 3021) through switch

S1.

When the circuit discharges (B), S1 opens and S2 closes providing a ground circuit for the positive side of the firing loop.

The charging and disc harging (the opening and closing of S1 and S2) is every 5 µs. The AC created by the alternating

switching of the ‘H’ bridge will cause current flow through the capacitor (2) and the initiator to activate.

Figure 12M – 21

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–33

Page 12M–33

Firing Mode 2

Firing Mode 2 is designed to activate the initiator (1) in the event the positive side of the firing loop (circu it 3021) is

shorted to ground or battery, refer to Figure 12M – 22. Throughout Firing Mode 2, S2 grounds this side of the circuit.

When the circuit is charging (A), the ER supplies power to the negative side of the firing loop (circuit 3020) through

switch S4.

When the circuit discharges (B), S3 opens and S4 closes providing a ground circuit for the negative side of the firing

loop. The charging and disch arging (the opening a closing of S3 and S4) is every 5 µs. The AC created by the alternating

switching of the ‘H’ bridge will cause current flow through the capacitor (2) and the initiator to activate.

Figure 12M – 22

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–34

Page 12M–34

Firing Mode 3

Firing Mode 3 is designed to charge and discharge both the positiv e and negative side of the firing loop when the Energy

Reserve (ER) falls below 25 V.

When charging (A), S1 is closed al lowing both battery and ER power through the positive side (circuit 3021), refer to

Figure 12M – 23. During this cycle, S3 is closed, provi ding a ground for circuit 3020. S2 and S4 are both open.

When discharging (B), S4 is closed allowing both battery and ER power through the negative side (circuit 3020). During

this cycle, S2 is closed, providing a ground for circuit 3021. S1 and S3 ar e both open

The charging and disc harging (the opening a closing of S1 a nd S3; S2 and S4) is every 5 µs. Due to this charging of the

capacitor (2) via the firing element from posi t ive voltage to negative voltage, the firing voltage of this mode can be

considered to be doubled to 2 x ER (Energ y Reserve Voltage) or 2 x VBAT (Battery Voltage). As a result, AC firing from

battery voltage is possible.

The AC created by the alternating switching of the ‘H’ bridge will cause current flo w through the capacitor and the initiator

(1) to activate.

Figure 12M – 23

Firing Loop Monitoring

The firing loop monitoring e nsures that failures in the firing leads and initiators that could affect triggering are identified.

The following errors in the firing loops or initia tors are detected:

• Short circuit or leakage resistance to ground or battery voltage.

• Short circuit or shunt circuit between firing leads of the firing loop.

• Resistance of the initiator too high or too lo w.

• Capacitance of the firing loop capacitor too high or too low.

When the SDM detects any of the above faults, it will produce a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) and illuminate the airbag

warning indicator. For further details refer to 2 Diagnostics.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–35

Page 12M–35

1.4 Repairs and Inspections Required After

a Collision

If any OPS components are damaged, they must be replaced. If OPS component mount ing points are damaged, they

must be repaired or replaced.

• Do not use OPS components from another

vehicle.

• Proper operation of the OPS requires that

any repairs to the vehicle structure must

return it to its original production

configuration.

• Damaged or defective OPS components

must not be repaired, but must always be

replaced.

No Pretensioner or Inflatable Restraint Assembly Deployment

If a vehicle is involved in a collision, the following components must be inspected:

• The SDM mounting must be checked for deformation. If the floor panel is deformed where the SDM is mounted, the

panel must be repaired or repl aced.

• The pretensioners, steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly, instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly and

SDM that have not been deployed must be checked for damage.

• The steering column must be dimensionally inspected, refer to 9 Steering.

• Inspect any seatbelt assembly in use during the collision. Check the a nchor plates, guides, retractor assembly and

the seatbelt buckle and pretensioner assem bly for damage and correct operation, and the webbing for abrasions,

fraying, cuts, etc. Replace the complete seatbelt assembly if any parts are damaged.

Pretensioner Only Deployment

1 If a vehicle is involved in a collision which was severe enough to deplo y the prete nsioners but not severe enough to

deploy inflatable restraint assemblies, the following compon ents must be replaced:

• Front seatbelt pretensioners, refer to 3.5 Seatbelt Buckle and Pretensioner Assembly.

• Seat track and height adjust assembly in any front seat occupied d urin g pretensioner deployment, refer to

Section 1A7 Seat Assemblies.

• SDM, refer to 3.3 Sensing and Diagnostic Modu le (SDM) . Also inspect the SDM Mounting for deformation.

• Any seatbelt worn in the collision, refer to 4 Service Operations – Front Seatbelts and / or

5 Service Operations – Rear Seatbelts.

2 The steering column must be dimensionally inspected, refer to 9 Steering.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–36

Page 12M–36

Pretensioner and Front Inflatable Restraint Assembly Deployment

If a vehicle is involved in a collision where the front seatbelt pretensioners and the inflata ble restraint assemblies have

deployed, the following components must be replaced:

The same components as in a pretension er o nly deployment, plus:

• Steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly, refer to 3.6 Steering Wheel Inflatable Restraint Assembly.

• Clock spring coil assembly, refer to 3.7 Clock Spring Coil Assembly.

• Steering wheel, refer to Section 9 Steering.

• Steering column, refer to Section 9 Steering.

• Instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly, refer to 3.8 Instrument Panel Inflatable Restraint Assembly.

• Instrument panel pad assembly, instrument p anel inflatable restraint openin g trim cover, and instrument panel

lower bracket assembly, refer to Section 1A3 Instrument Panel and Console.

Side-impact Inflatable Restraint Assembly Deployment

If a vehicle is involved in a collision where a side-impact inflatable restraint is deployed, the following components must

be replaced:

• Relevant side-impact inflatable restraint assembly, refer to 3.9 Side-impact Inflatable Restraint Assemb ly.

• Relevant side-impact sensor (peri pheral acceleration sensor), refer to 3.4 Side-impact Sensor.

• SDM, refer to 3.3 Sensing and Diagnostic Modu le (SDM) .

• Relevant side front seat assembly, refer to Section 1A7 Seat Assemblies.

• Any seatbelt worn in the collision, refer to 4 Service Operations – Front Seatbelts and / or

5 Service Operations – Rear Seatbelts.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–37

Page 12M–37

2 Diagnostics

2.1 Prerequisites

Equipment

The technician should have, and be able to use, the following equipment:

1 An unpowered test lamp with a current draw of less than 3 A.

2 A digital multimeter with a minimum impe dance of 10 MΩ.

3 Tech 2 Diagnostic Scan T ool, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

4 A jumper lead to test circuits.

5 Connector test adaptor kit Tool No. KM-609.

6 Test lead set Tool No. KM609-20.

7 Dummy loads Tool Nos. SD2828 0B (AU471), AU485, and EL47787.

Testing Procedures

Adhere to the following points when

performing diagnostic testing on

components:

• Take care when using testing equipment

to diagnose wiring harness connectors.

Backprobe the connector to avoid terminal

damage.

• When tests are required on connector

terminals, use the adapters in the

connector adapter kit KM–609 to prevent

damage to the terminals.

• Unless the multimeter being used has an

auto-ranging function, ensure the correct

range is selected.

• When backpro bing connectors, ensure the

test lamp ground lead is connected to an

appropriate ground point on the vehicle.

Ensure this ground point is not part of the

circuit being tested.

NOTE

When following the steps in the di agnostic tables,

perform them in the order cited. If the required

nominal value or result is not achi eved, rectif y t he

problem before proceeding.

Before attempting to diagnose the Occupant Protection System (OPS) the technicia n must have a good understanding of

electrical system basics and the use of circuit testing tools. Without this basic knowledge it will be difficult to use the

diagnostic procedur es detailed in this Section.

Some electrical basics, as well as basic troubleshooting procedures and hints of the use of circuit testing tools are

covered in Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

The technician should understand the following:

• The meaning of voltage (V), current (A), and resistance (Ω),

• basic theory of electricity, direct current (DC) theory, series and parallel circuits, and voltage drops acros s series

resistors,

• alternating current (AC) theory including in ductance, capacitance and impedance,

• what happens in a circuit with an open or shorted wire (shorted either to voltage or ground), and

• be able to read and interpret a wiring diagram.

The tables in this Section are used by the technician in the aid of diagnosing faults in the OPS. To aid in the use of the

diagnostic tables refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagr am and 2.3 Connector Chart.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–38

Page 12M–38

2.2 Wiring Diagram

Figure 12M – 24

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–39

Page 12M–39

2.3 Connector Chart

Figure 12M – 25

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–40

Page 12M–40

2.4 System Self Diagnosis

The Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) has a self-diagnostic facility that can detect and isolate system problems or

failures. When a condition or failur e is detect ed, the SDM sets a fault code that represents that particular condition or

failure. Fault codes will cause the airbag warning indicator to be illuminated and an airbag fault message is displayed by

the Multi Function Display (MFD) located in the instrument cluster. Depending on the fault, the SDM ma y disable the

inflatable restraint and pretensioner assemblies.

If present, diagnosable system faults are detected by the SDM during an initial isation process when the ignition is first

turned on. Upon first detection of a system fault condition, the SDM records the failure and classes the failure as

intermittent. If the condition is maintained to meet the failure duration conditions for the indivi dual system fault

(approximately 3 to 5 seconds), the fault then becomes a current Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). If the fault duration

conditions are not met, the intermittent fault i s cleare d from the SDM.

Current DTCs are permanentl y stored in the SDM memory. When the fault conditions are no longer met, the DTC will

become a History DTC.

DTCs – Current

Current DTCs, when detected, are stored in the SDM memory during the current ignition cycle and then maintained in an

EEPROM.

Current DTCs are set or cleared based on conditions in the OPS during ignition on or continuous monitoring of the

current ignition cycle.

NOTE

A current DTC can be identified on Tech 2

display by the word Current between the DTC

number and the DTC description. The word

History between the DTC number and the DTC

description indicates the DTC displayed is a

history DTC.

Current DTCs will be reset to history DTCs upon the next diagnostic test sequence the fault conditions are not met.

Current DTCs can be cleared (changed to history DTC) by removing the fault conditio ns.

Tech 2 is unable to clear current DT Cs if the fault conditions still exist; Tech 2 will display Clear DTC Information

Failed.

DTCs stored in the SDM memory can only be displ ayed and / or cleared using Tech 2 diagnostic scan tool.

Tech 2 communicates with SDM serial data usin g the Seri al Data Link Connector (DLC), which is attached to the

instrument panel lower left-hand trim retainer, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

DTCs – History

History DTCs are set upon the cleari ng of a current DTC fault condition. History DTCs are maintained b y the SDM over

multiple ignition cycles in the EEPROM. The SDM can only clear history DTCs from its EEPROM by a Clear DTCs serial

data message from Tech 2.

Erasing DTCs

Once any system fault has been rectified, using Tech 2 Clear DTCs selection will erase any fault codes stored in the

SDM memory, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

NOTE

Once DTCs have been cleared, be sure to verify

proper system operation and absence of an y fault

codes when clearing procedure is completed. If

Tech 2 displays Clear DTC Information Failed

after attempting to clear DTCs, the fault condition

still exists.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–41

Page 12M–41

Data Display

Tech 2 can display the status of inputs and outputs of the OPS. The following table lists each item contained in the data

stream together with a brief description of its meaning.

Data Stream / Screen Display Description

Battery Voltage Displays the current vehicle system input voltage to the SDM (approximately 12 V).

• If the voltage is below 8 V for more than 3 seconds, the airbag warning indicator

illuminates.

• If the voltage is above 21.2 V for more than 3 seconds, the airbag warning

indicator illuminates.

Driver Airbag Loop

Capacitance Displays capacitance in the steeri ng wheel inflatable restraint assembly cir cuit. T he

capacitance should be approximately 470 nF.

• If the capacitance reading is greater than 549.9 nF for more than 3 seconds or

less than 1 second during an ignition on cycle, DTC 19 will set.

• If the capacitance reading is less than 390.1 nF for more than 3 seconds or less

than 1 second during an ignition/key on cycle, DT C 20 will set.

Driver Airbag Loop Resistance Displays the resistance in the steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly circuit. The

resistance should be approxim ately 2 Ω.

• If resistance of this circuit is greater than 8.4 Ω for more than 3 seconds, DTC 21

will set.

• If resistance of this circuit is less than 1 Ω for more than 3 seconds, DTC 22 will

set.

Passenger Airbag Loop

Capacitance Displays capacitance in the instrument pan el inflatable restraint assembly circuit. The

capacitance should be approximately 470 nF.

• If the capacitance reading is greater than 549.9 nF for more than 3 seconds or

less than 1 second during an ignition on cycle, DTC 35 will set.

• If the capacitance reading is less than 390.1 nF for more than 3 seconds or less

than 1 second during an ignition/key on cycle, DT C 36 will set.

Passenger Airbag Loop

Resistance Displays resistance in the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly circuit. T he

resistance should be approxim ately 2 Ω.

• If resistance of this circuit is greater than 8.4 Ω for more than 3 seconds, DTC 37

will set.

• If resistance of this circuit is less than 0.6 Ω for more than 3 seconds, DTC 38 will

set.

Left Hand Pretensioner Loop

Capacitance Displays capacitance in the left-hand pretensioner circuit. The capacitance should be

approximately 470 nF.

• If the capacitance reading is greater than 549.9 nF for more than 3 seconds or

less than 1 second during an i gnition/key on cycle, DTC 51 will set.

• If the capacitance reading is less than 390.1 nF for more than 3 seconds or less

than 1 second during an ignition/key on cycle, DT C 52 will set.

Left Hand Pretensioner Loop

Resistance Displays resistance in the left-hand pretensioner circuit. T he resistance should be

approximately 2 Ω.

• If the resistance of this circuit is greater than 8.4 Ω for more than 3 seconds,

DTC 53 will set.

• If the resistance of this circuit is less than 0.6 Ω for more than 3 seconds, DTC 54

will set.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–42

Page 12M–42

Data Stream / Screen Display Description

Right Hand Pretensioner Loo p

Capacitance Displays capacitance in the right-hand pretensioner circuit. The cap acita nce should be

approximately 470 nF.

• If the capacitance reading is greater than 549.9 nF for more than 3 seconds or

less than 1 second during an i gnition/key on cycle, DTC 67 will set.

• If the capacitance reading is less than 390.1 nF for more than 3 seconds or less

than 1 second during an ignition/key on cycle, DT C 68 will set.

Right Hand Pretensioner Loo p

Resistance Displays resistance in the right-hand pretensioner circuit. The resistance shou ld be

approximately 2 Ω.

• If the resistance of this circuit is greater than 8.4 Ω for more than 3 seconds,

DTC 69 will set.

• If the resistance of this circuit is less than 0.6 Ω for more than 3 seconds, DTC 70

will set.

Left Hand Side Airbag Loop

Resistance Displays the resistance in the left-hand side-i mpact inflata ble restraint assembly circuit.

The resistance should be approximately 2 Ω.

• If resistance of this circuit is greater than 8.4 Ω for more than 3 seconds, DTC 85

will set.

• If resistance of this circuit is less than 0.6 Ω for more than 3 seconds, DTC 86 will

set.

Left Hand Side Airbag Loop

Capacitance Displays capacitance in the left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly circuit.

The capacitance should be approximately 47 0 nF .

• If the capacitance reading is greater than 550 nF for more than 3 seconds or less

than 1 second during an ignition on cycle, DTC 83 will set.

• If the capacitance reading is less than 390 nF for more than 3 seconds or less

than 1 second during an ignition/key on cycle, DT C 84 will set.

Right Hand Side Airbag Loop

Resistance Displays the resistance in the right-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly circuit.

The resistance should be approximately 2 Ω.

• If resistance of this circuit is greater than 8.4 Ω for more than 3 seconds, DTC 101

will set.

• If resistance of this circuit is less than 0.6 Ω for more than 3 seconds, DTC 102 will

set.

Right Hand Side Airbag Loop

Capacitance Displays capacitance in the right-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly circuit.

The capacitance should be approximately 47 0 nF .

• If the capacitance reading is greater than 550 nF for more than 3 seconds or less

than 1 second during an ignition on cycle, DTC 99 will set.

• If the capacitance reading is less than 390 nF for more than 3 seconds or less

than 1 second during an ignition/key on cycle, DT C 100 will set.

Driver Airbag Loop Display indicates whether the SDM has been programmed for the steering wheel

inflatable restraint assembly loop circuit.

• Enabled / Disabled.

Passenger Airbag Loop Display indicates whether the SDM has bee n programmed for the instrument panel

inflatable restraint assembly loop circuit.

• Enabled / Disabled.

Left Hand Pretensioner Loop Display indicates whether the SDM has bee n programmed for the left-hand pretensioner

loop circuit.

• Enabled / Disabled.

Right Hand Pretensioner Loo p Display indicates whether the SDM has been programmed for the right-hand

pretensioner loop circuit.

• Enabled / Disabled.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–43

Page 12M–43

Data Stream / Screen Display Description

SRS Indicator Displays the current state of the driver, inside the SDM, for the airb ag warning indicator.

• On / Off.

Indicator Check Display indicates the status of the airbag warning indicator during the indicator check for

the first five seconds after the ignition is turned on.

• On / Off.

Battery Voltage (after 3

seconds) Display indicates the vehic le input voltage to the SDM. If voltage is below 9 V or above

20 V for more than 3 seconds, the airbag warning ind icator will illuminate.

• Okay / Not Okay.

Energy Reserve Display indicates status of the energy reserve. If the battery voltage fal ls b elow 7.5 V,

the energy reserve will be switched on.

• On / Off.

Serial Data From Instrument Display indicates whether the instrument configuration of the OPS is correct.

• Yes / No.

BCM Poll Display indicates whether the SDM is receiving a request (a poll via the serial data lin e)

from the BCM for its status of deployment and malfunction data.

• Received / Not Received.

Module has deployed Display indicates whether the SDM has deployed any pretensioners / inflatable restraint

assemblies.

• Yes / No.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–44

Page 12M–44

2.5 Preliminary System Diagnosis

Prior to starting any diagnosis, the technician should be familiar with the OPS components and operation. For a

description of the components and the system operation, refer to 1 General Information.

When investigating any complaint of a pro blem or malfunction, always begin diagnosis with a circuit check, refer to

System Diagnostic Check.

The diagnostic circuit check ensures the SDM is communicating on the serial data line, assists identification of the

problem, and helps ascertain the appropriate diagnostic table.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–45

Page 12M–45

2.6 Electrical Diagnosis

Introduction

The following diagnostic table s are designed to aid fast and efficient fault location and remedy. The dia gnostic tables

include a table, pertinent information, and where necessary, the steps are explained by the corresponding numbered

paragraphs.

To aid in the use of the diagnostic tables, refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connector Chart.

When performing wiring checks as directed to by the diagnostic tables, rat her than probe pins and connectors with

incorrect sized multimeter connectio ns, use the ad apters contained in connector test adaptor kit Tool No. KM-609 and

test lead set Tool No. KM609-20. This will prevent any possibility of spreading or damaging wiring harness pins which

may cause a system intermittent failure.

Figure 12M – 26 illustrates the correct use and instal lation of the various diagnostic tools (Tool No. SD28280B, Tool No.

AU485, Tool No. EL47787 and test lead set Tool No. KM609-20).

Under no circumstances is 12 V to be applied

to the dummy load, Tool No. SD28280B, Tool

No. EL47787, or Tool No. AU485, as this will

damage the internal resistor in the load,

rendering the dummy load useless for any

further diagnostic work.

Ensure at the completion of any diagnostic proced ure, all di agnostic tools are removed and all OPS compon ents are

correctly reconnected.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–46

Page 12M–46

Figure 12M – 26

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–47

Page 12M–47

System Diagnostic Check

Introduction

When investigating any concern with the OPS, always begin diagnosis with the following diagnostic circuit check. This

checks for a fault with the airbag warning indicator, regardless of whether the OPS is serviceable or not.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2-3 Checks if the airbag warning indicator illuminates when the ignition is turned on. The SDM performs a self-check of

the OPS when the ignition is turned on. During this check, the SDM through the serial dat a bus, instructs the

instrument cluster to illuminate the airba g warning indicator for 5 seconds. If there is a fault in the OPS, the SDM

will instruct the airbag warning indicator to stay on. Isolates whether there is a problem with the airbag warning

indicator or if the fault is in the OPS.

4 Checks if any DTCs have been set. Isolates if a DT C has been set causing the airbag warning indicator to remain

illuminated.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Is the fault specifically isolated to this system / module? Go to Step 2 Go to Section 0D

Vehicle Diagnostics

2 Turn the ignition on with the engi ne not running and monitor the airbag

warning indicator in the instrument cluster.

Does the airbag warning indicator illuminate? Go to Step 3

Go to Airbag

Warning Indicator

Inoperative in this

Section

3 After five seconds of the ignition being turned on with the engine not

running, does the airbag warning indicator extinguish? System serviceable Go to Step 4

4 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Have any DTCs been set?

Check and repair

fault causing DTC to

set, refer to the

relevant DTC

diagnostic table in

this Section

Go to Airbag

Warning Indicator

Illuminated (No DTC

Stored) in this

Section

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–48

Page 12M–48

Airbag Warning Indicator Inoperative

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in diagnosis when the air bag warning indicator is inoperativ e.

Circuit Description

Battery voltage is supplied to the airbag warning indicator through fuse F 13 (located on the passenger compartment fuse

and relay panel assembly) when the ignition switch is in the IGN or ST ART positions. The airbag indicator in the

instrument cluster is illuminated and extinguished by serial data from the SDM.

The airbag warning ind icator will illuminate:

• When the ignition is turned to the ON position (system wiring and self-check). The airbag warning indicator will be

turned off after this self-check if no current or history Diagnostic Tr ouble Codes (DTCs) are detected.

• If communication is lost between the SDM and the instrum ent cluster.

• If the instrument cluster has not been programmed for the vehicle configuration.

• If the SDM detects a current DTC during an ignition cycle.

• When the battery voltage is belo w 8 V or above 21.2 V.

• If the pretensioners or inflatable restraint assemblies have deployed.

• If the energy reserve in the SDM is activated (battery voltage is less than 7.5 V).

• If the SDM does not receive a poll from the BCM.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the airbag warning indicator and associated

components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks if the instrument cluster is powered and receiving data from other vehicle systems.

3 Checks whether the airbag warning indicator or the SDM is faulty.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Turn the ignition on with the engine not running.

2 Monitor the ABS warning indicator.

Does the ABS warning indicator illuminate? Go to Step 3

There is a fault with

the instrument

cluster, refer to

Section 12C

Instruments

3 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / Instrument / Miscellaneous Tests / Warnings / SRS

Airbag Fault, and command the airbag warning indicator on.

Does the airbag warning indicator illuminate?

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

There is a fault with

the instrument

cluster, refer to

Section 12C

Instruments

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–49

Page 12M–49

Airbag Warning Indicator Illuminated (No DTC Stored)

Introduction

This test ensures the SDM is communicating on the serial data line, to identify a failure or malfunction an d to provid e a

reference to the appropriate diag nostic table in this Section.

Circuit Description

With Tech 2 connected to the DLC and the ignition on, Tech 2 should display serial data communication, refer to

Section 0C Tech 2. If Tech 2 does not display serial data, the serial data circuit maybe open-circuite d or short-circuited.

There are several other control modules that are connected to the serial data line (PCM, BCM, ABS/ETC, instrument

cluster and the SDM). Any one of these control modules could cause a fault on the serial data line. This fault cou ld result

in Tech 2 not being able to displa y serial data.

Battery voltage is supplied to the airbag warning indicator through fuse F 13 (located in the passenger compartment fuse

and relay panel assembly) with the ignition switch in the IGN or START positions. To illuminate the indicator, the SDM

sends a serial data message to the BCM via circuit 774 and the BCM sends a serial data message to the instrument

cluster via circuit 1061, requesting the airbag indicator to illuminate.

When the ignition is switched on, the airbag warning indicator should illuminate for approximately 5 seconds to indicate

the system start up sequence / system wiring and self check. If no system faults are detected, the airbag warning

indicator will then be switched off.

If a fault is detected (either during this system check or during the ignition cycle), the airbag warning indic ator will either

remain on until the fault is remedied or, if a DTC has been set, until the DTC is cleared. If a fault is remedied during an

ignition cycle, unless the fault caused a DTC to set, the airbag warning indicator will turn off immediately.

The airbag warning ind icator will illuminate:

• When the ignition is turned to the ON position (system wiring and self-check). The airbag warning indicator will be

turned off after this self-check if no current or history Diagnostic Tr ouble Codes (DTCs) are detected.

• If communication is lost between the SDM and the instrum ent cluster.

• If the instrument cluster has not been programmed for the vehicle configuration.

• If the SDM detects a current DTC during an ignition cycle.

• When the battery voltage is belo w 8 V or above 21.2 V.

• If the pretensioners or inflatable restraint assemblies have deployed.

• If the energy reserve in the SDM is activated (battery voltage is less than 7.5 V).

• If the SDM does not receive a poll from the BCM.

• The airbag warning indicator will a lso be illuminated if communication is lost (no serial data) between the SDM and

the instrument cluster.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the cause of the airbag warning indicator

being illuminated.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 The SDM performs a self-check of the OPS when the ignition is turned on. During this check, the SDM through the

serial data bus, instructs the instrument cluster to illuminate the air bag warning indicator for 5 seconds. If there is a

fault in the OPS, the SDM will instruct the airbag warning indicator to stay on. Isolates whether the fault is in the

OPS or there is an intermittent fault (this check has already been performed in S ystem Diagnostic Check).

3 Checks if there is serial data communication between the SDM and Tech 2. This also verifies if the SDM has power

and a ground circuit.

4 Checks if any DTCs have been set. Isolates if a DT C has been set causing the airbag warning indicator to remain

illuminated.

5 Checks if the BCM has polled the SDM.

6 Checks if the instrument cluster is configured for the OPS.

8 Checks if the energy reserve has been activated. If the voltage supply to the SDM falls below 7.5 V, the energy

reserve in the SDM is switched on.

9 Checks the voltage supply to the SDM. If the battery voltage to the SDM falls below 8 V or rises above 21.2 V for

more than 3 seconds, the airbag warning indicator will illumi nate.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–50

Page 12M–50

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 Turn the ignition to the ON position with the engine not running.

Does the airbag warning indicator remain illuminated after 5 seconds ? Go to Step 3

The fault is

intermittent (refer to

Note 4)

3 1 Turn the ignition to the OFF position.

2 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC.

3 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS

4 Turn the Ignition on.

Does Tech 2 display S ystem Identification (i.e. SDM part number)? Go to Step 4

Refer to No

Communications

from SDM in this

Section

4 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC Information.

Have any DTCs been set?

Check and repair

fault causing DTC to

set, refer to the

relevant DTC

diagnostic table in

this Section Go to Step 5

5 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Data Display, and scroll to BCM Poll.

Has the SDM received a BCM poll? Go to Step 6

Refer to No

Communications

from SDM in this

Section

6 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Data Display, and scroll to Serial Data From

Instrument.

Is the instrument cluster configured to the OPS? Go to Step 7 Refer to Section

12C Instruments

7 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Data Display, and scroll to Module Has Deployed.

Has the module deploye d?

Refer to 1.4

Repairs and

Inspections

Required After a

Collision Go to Step 8

8 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Data Display, and scroll to Energy Reserve.

Has the energy reserve been activated ? Go to Step 10 Go to Step 9

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–51

Page 12M–51

Step Action Yes No

9 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Data Display / Battery Voltage (after 3 seconds).

Does Tech 2 display battery voltage is Okay (after 3 seconds)?

Go to Step 15

Recycle the ignition

and perform the

initial check, refer to

System Diagnostic

Check in this

Section

If the fault still

occurs replace the

SDM, refer to 3.3

Sensing and

Diagnostic Module

(SDM)

10 Check the serviceabilit y of the battery, refer to Section 12A Battery.

Is the battery serviceable? Go to Step 11

Replace the battery,

refer to Section 12A

Battery

11 Carry out checks of generator output, refer to Section 6D1-1 Charging

System – V6 Engine or Section 6D3-1 Charging System – Gen III V8

Engine.

Is generator output within specifications?

Go to Step 12

Repair the

generator as

necessary, refer to

Section 6D1-1

Charging System –

V6 Engine or

Section 6D3-1

Charging System –

Gen III V8 Engine

12 1 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

2 Start the engine, turn the headlamps on a nd raise the engine

idle speed to approx imately 2500 RPM.

3 Using a multimeter set to measure voltage, probe b etween

connector A65 – X1 pin 5 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate approximately the same voltage as

measured during Step 10 (ge nerator o utput tests)? Go to Step 15 Go to Step 13

13 Check Fuse 26 in the passenger compartment fuse and relay pane l

assembly, and Fuse 105 in the engin e compartment fuse and relay

panel assembly.

Are the fuses serviceable? Go to Step 14

Replace fuse and

retest. If the fuse

blows again test for

a short to ground

(refer to Note 1)

14 Using a multimeter set to measure voltage, probe between connector

X129 – X35 pin 87 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate approximately the same voltage as

measured during Step 10 (ge nerator o utput tests)?

Repair or replace

circuit 739 or circuit

3 as required (refer

to Note 2).

Repair or replace

power supply

circuit(s) as required

(refer to Note 2)

15 1 Turn the ignition to the OFF position.

2 With SDM connector A65 – X1 disconnected and using a

multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between connector

A65 – X1 pin 8 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

Repair or replace

circuit 1051 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–52

Page 12M–52

No Communications from SDM

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in diagnosis when the air bag warning indicator will illuminate due to a missing

signal between the BCM and the SDM.

Circuit Description

The BCM polls the tertiary serial data bus (circuit 774) for SDM information. The airbag warning indicator will illuminate if

there is no poll from the BCM requesting information from the SDM.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the serial data bus and associated

components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks if the initial check of the system was performed.

3 Checks if Tech 2 is able to communicate with other modules in the vehicle. Isolates whether the problem is with the

SDM alone, or there is a problem with the serial data bus.

4 Checks if the fuse F26 is serviceable. Isolates if there is a short to ground in circuit 739.

5 Checks if there is battery voltage at harness connector A65 – X1 pin 5. Isolates if there is an open-circuit in circuit

739 that supplies battery voltage to the SDM.

6 Checks if there is continuity from harness connector A65 – X1 pin 8 to the ground connector GP11. Isolates if there

is an open circuit in circuit 1051.

7 Checks for continuity between connectors A65 – X1 pin 9 and A15 – X2 pin 6. Isolates if there is an open circuit in

circuit 774.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–53

Page 12M–53

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 Turn the ignition on with the engine not running.

3 On Tech 2 select:

Body / Body Control Module.

4 On Tech 2 select:

Body / Powertrain Interface Module.

If No Communications is displayed for a control module, then there

is no communication bet ween Tech 2 and that particular control

module.

Can Tech 2 communicate with the BCM and the PIM of the vehicle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Section 12J

Body Control

Module

3 1 Turn off the ignition switch.

2 Check the SDM fuse F26 on the passenger compartment fuse

and relay panel assembly.

Is the fuse serviceable? Go to Step 4

Replace fuse F26. If

the fuse blows

again, check for a

short to ground in

circuit 739 (refer to

Note 2)

4 1 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

2 Turn the ignition on with the engine not running.

3 Using a multimeter set to measure voltage, probe b etween

connector A65 – X1 pin 5 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate battery voltage? Go to Step 5

Repair or replace

circuit 739 (refer to

Note 2)

5 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A65 – X1 pin 8 and ground point X118_GP11 (refer to Note

1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 6

Repair or replace

circuit 1051 (refer to

Note 2)

6 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A15 – X2 pin 6 and A65 – X1 pin 9 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM).

If there is still no

communication

between the SDM

and the BCM,

replace the BCM,

refer to Section 12J

BCM

Repair or replace

circuit 774 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–54

Page 12M–54

2.7 Steering Wheel Inflatable Restraint

Assembly DTCs

DTC 17 – Driver Airbag Circuit Short to Battery

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in diagnosis when DT C 17 has been logged.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 17 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the resistance to

battery positive is less than 5 kΩ in eith er the positive and/or the negative circuit for more than 3 – 5 seco nds.

A current DTC 17 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminat e whe n circuit 3021 and/or circuit 3020 are

shorted to battery positive.

When DTC 17 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 17. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 17. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 17 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle (even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC) until the fault conditions for setting DT C 17 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 17 is set, the steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly will still be operational due to the reserve energy supply

stored in the SDM.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the steering wheel inflatable restraint

assembly and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 17 is current or history.

3 Checks for a short-circuit to battery positive in circuit 3021.

4 Checks for a short-circuit to battery positive in circuit 3020. Isolates whether circuit 3020 or the SDM is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

6 Resistance can not be measured between the two pins in connector A10 6 – X1 as the i n-bu ilt capacitor blocks

measurement. A service hole is incorporated into the connector for fault tracing. Refer to Wiring Harness in this

Section for more details on this type of connector.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–55

Page 12M–55

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 17 current? Go to Step 3

Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

Clear the DTC and

recheck the system

3 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Remove the steering wheel inflatabl e restraint assembly, refer to

3.6 Steering Wheel Inflatable Restraint Assembly.

3 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

4 Connect the battery.

5 Using a multimeter set to measure voltage, probe b etween

connector A65 – X1 pin 10 and a known ground (refer to Note

1).

Does the multimeter indicate battery voltage?

Repair or replace

circuit 3021 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 4

4 Using a multimeter set to measure voltage, probe between connector

A65 – X1 pin 11 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate battery voltage?

Repair or replace

circuit 3020 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–56

Page 12M–56

DTC 18 – Driver Airbag Circuit Short to Ground

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly positive and

negative power supply circ uits.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 18 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the resistance to ground

is less than 3 kΩ in either the positive or negative inflator circuit for more than 3 – 5 sec onds, refer to

2.4 System Self Diagnosis for more details.

A current DTC 18 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminat e whe n circuit 3021 and/or circuit 3020 are

shorted to ground.

When DTC 18 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 18. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 18. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 18 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle (even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC) until the fault conditions for setting DT C 18 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 18 is set, the steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly will still be operational due to the reserve energy supply

stored in the SDM.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the steering wheel inflatable restraint

assembly and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 18 is current or history.

3 Tech 2 in this mode should di splay approximately 2.0 – 6.4 Ω if the steering wheel inflatable restraint as sembly

loop circuit is serviceable.

4 Tool No. SD28280B is a dum my load taking the place of the steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly. If Tech 2

displays the resistance of the dummy load, the system fault is in the steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly.

5 Checks for a short to ground in circuit 3021.

6 Check for a short to ground in circuit 3020. Isolates whether circuit 3020 or the SDM is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

6 Resistance can not be measured between the two pins in connector A10 6 – X1 as the i n-bu ilt capacitor blocks

measurement. A service hole is incorporated into the connector for fault tracing. Refer to Wiring Harness in this

Section for more details on this type of connector.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–57

Page 12M–57

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 18 current? Go to Step 3

Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

Clear the DTC and

recheck the system

3 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Data Display, and scroll to Driver Airbag Loop

Resistance.

Tech 2 should indicate ap proximately 2.0 – 6.4 Ω. Is the value

displayed as specified?

Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

Clear the DTC and

recheck the system Go to Step 4

4 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Remove the steering wheel inflatabl e restraint assembly, refer to

3.6 Steering Wheel Inflatable Restraint Assembly.

3 Connect Tool No. SD28280B to connector A106 – X1.

4 Connect the battery.

5 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Data Display, and scroll to Driver Airbag Loop

Resistance.

Tech 2 should indicate ap proximately 3.0 Ω. Is the value displayed as

specified?

Replace steering

wheel inflatable

restraint assembly,

refer to 3.6 Steering

Wheel Inflatable

Restraint Assembly Go to Step 5

5 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

3 Remove Tool No. SD28280B from connector A106 – X1.

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A65 – X1 pin 10 and a known ground (refer to Note

1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Repair or replace

circuit 3021 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 6

6 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A65 – X1 pin 11 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Repair or replace

circuit 3020 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–58

Page 12M–58

DTC 19 – Driver Airbag Circuit Capacitance Too High

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the clock spring coil assem bly.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 19 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the capacitance in the

steering wheel inflatable restraint assem bl y circuit is too high (greater than 550 nF) for longer than 3 – 5 seconds, refer to

2.4 System Self Diagnosis for more details.

A current DTC 19 will set if the in-built capacitor in connecto r A106 – X1 is faulty.

When DTC 19 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 19. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 19. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 19 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle (even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC) until the fault conditions for setting DT C 19 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

Action Required

If DTC 19 is set, the steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly may not operate. The clock spring coil assembly must

be replaced as connector A106 – X1, with the in-built capacitor, is part of the clock spring coil assembly.

Refer to 3.7 Clock Spring Coil Assembly for the correct procedure on replacing the cl ock spring coil assembly.

After the clock spring coil assembly has been replaced, ensure all OPS components are reconnected, and the SDM is

enabled. Clear any DTCs, then verify the correct operation of the system (i.e. airbag warning indicator not illuminated

after 5 seconds of ignition being turne d on).

DTC 20 – Driver Airbag Circuit Capacitance Too Low

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the clock spring coil assem bly.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 20 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the capacitance in the

steering wheel inflatable restraint assem bl y circuit is too low (less than 390 nF) for longer than 3 – 5 seconds, refer to

2.4 System Self Diagnosis for more details.

A current DTC 20 will set if the in-built capacitor in connecto r A106 – X1 is faulty.

When DTC 20 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 20. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 20. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 20 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle, even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC, until the fault conditions for setting DTC 20 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

Action Required

If DTC 20 is set, the steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly may not operate. The clock spring coil assembly must

be replaced as connector A106 – X1, with the in-built capacitor, is part of the clock spring coil assembly.

Refer to 3.7 Clock Spring Coil Assembly for the correct procedure on replacing the cl ock spring coil assembly.

After the clock spring coil assembly has been replaced, ensure all OPS components are reconnected, and enable the

SDM. Clear any DTCs, then verify the correct operation of the system (i.e. airbag warning indicator not illuminated after

5 seconds of ignition being turned on).

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–59

Page 12M–59

DTC 21 – Driver Airbag Circuit Resistance Too High

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 21 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the resistance in the

steering wheel inflatable restraint assem bl y circuit is too high (greater than 8.4 Ω) for longer than 3 – 5 seconds.

A current DTC 21 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminat e whe n circuit 3021 or circuit 3020 (including the

steering wheel inflatable restraint assem bl y and the clock spring coil) are open-circuit.

When DTC 21 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 21. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 21. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 21 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle (even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC) until the fault conditions for setting DT C 21 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 21 is set, dependent on where the fault is, the steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly may not operate.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the steering wheel inflatable restraint

assembly and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 21 is current or history.

3 Tool No. SD28280B is a dum my load taking the place of the steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly. If DTC 21

becomes a history DTC with the dummy load connected, the system fault is in the steering wheel inflat able restraint

assembly.

4 Checks if there is an open-circuit in the clock spring coil. If the clock spring coil is disconnected from the system,

and connector X116 – X1 pins 11 and 12 are bridged together, DTC 21 will become a history DTC if the clock

spring coil is faulty.

5 Checks for an open-circuit in circuit 3021.

6 Checks for an open-circuit in circuit 3020. Isolates whether circuit 3020 or the SDM is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

6 Resistance can not be measured between the two pins in connector A10 6 – X1 as the i n-bu ilt capacitor blocks

measurement. A service hole is incorporated into the connector for fault tracing. Refer to Wiring Harness for more

details on this type of connector.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–60

Page 12M–60

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 21 current? Go to Step 3

Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4).

Clear the DTC and

recheck the system

3 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Remove the steering wheel inflatabl e restraint assembly, refer to

3.6 Steering Wheel Inflatable Restraint Assembly.

3 Connect Tool No. SD28280B to connector A106 – X1.

4 Connect the battery.

5 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 21 current? Go to Step 4

Replace steering

wheel inflatable

restraint assembly,

refer to 3.6 Steering

Wheel Inflatable

Restraint Assembly

4 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector X116 – X1 from clock spring coil

assembly.

3 Using a suitable jumper wire, bridge connector X116 – X1 pins

11 and 12 together (refer to Note 1).

NOTE

This step may set a current DTC 22. This should be

ignored, and cleared after any repairs ar e completed.

4 Connect the battery.

5 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Does DTC 21 become histor y?

Replace clock

spring coil

assembly, refer to

3.7 Clock Spring

Coil Assembly Go to Step 5

5 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

3 Remove Tool No. SD28280B from connector A106 – X1.

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A65 – X1 pin 10 and X116 – X1 pin 12 (refer to Note

1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 6

Repair or replace

circuit 3021 (refer to

Note 2)

6 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A65 – X1 pin 11 and X116 – X1 pin 11 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

Repair or replace

circuit 3020 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–61

Page 12M–61

DTC 22 – Driver Airbag Circuit Resistance Too Low

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 22 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the resistance in the

steering wheel inflatable restraint assem bl y circuit is too low (less than 1 Ω) for longer than 3 – 5 seconds.

A current DTC 22 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminat e whe n circuit 3021 or circuit 3020 (including the

steering wheel inflatable restraint assem bly and the clock spring coil) are shorted together.

When DTC 22 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 22. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 22. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 22 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle (even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC) until the fault conditions for setting DT C 22 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 22 is set, dependent on where the fault is, the steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly may not operate.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the steering wheel inflatable restraint

assembly and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 22 is current or history.

3 Tool No. SD28280B is a dum my load taking the place of the steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly. If DTC 22

becomes a history DTC with the dummy load connected, the system fault is in the steering wheel inflat able restraint

module.

4 Checks if there is a short-circuit in the clock spring coil. If the clock spring coil is disconnected from the system,

DTC 21 (open-circuit) will set and DTC 22 will become history. If DTC 21 sets and DTC 22 becomes history, the

clock spring coil is faulty.

5 Checks for a short-circuit between circuit 3021 and circuit 3020. Isolates whether there is a short-circuit between

circuit 3021 and 3020, or the SDM is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

6 Resistance cannot be measured between the two pins in connector A106 – X1 as the in-built capacit or blocks

measurement. A service hole is incorporated into the connector for fault tracing. Refer to Wiring Harness in this

section for more details on this type of connector.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–62

Page 12M–62

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 22 current? Go to Step 3

Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

Clear the DTC and

recheck the system

3 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Remove the steering wheel inflatabl e restraint assembly, refer to

3.6 Steering Wheel Inflatable Restraint Assembly.

3 Connect Tool No. SD28280B to connector A106 – X1.

4 Connect the battery.

5 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 22 current? Go to Step 4

Replace steering

wheel inflatable

restraint assembly,

refer to 3.6 Steering

Wheel Inflatable

Restraint Assembly

4 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect wiring harness connector X116 – X1 from the clock

spring coil assembly.

3 Connect the battery.

4 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Does DTC 22 become histor y?

Replace clock

spring coil

assembly, refer to

3.7 Clock Spring

Coil Assembly Go to Step 5

5 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

3 Remove Tool No. SD28280B from connector A106 – X1.

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A65 – X1 pins 10 and 11 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Repair or replace

circuits 3021 and

3020 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–63

Page 12M–63

DTC 247 – Driver Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the SDM.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, the SDM performs an initial system self check of the SDM power stages. If during this initial

self-test the SDM detects a fault with the steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly power stage, a current DTC 247

Driver Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error will set. On completion of the initial system self-test, the SDM then performs a

test of the steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly circuit. If the SDM detects a problem with this circuit, the

associated steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly circuit DTC will set and DTC 247 Driver Airbag Circuit Power

Stage Error will become a history DTC.

DTC 247 Driver Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error will set if a fault occurs in the steering wheel inflatable restraint

assembly circuit, clock spring coil assembly with the in-built capacitor connector A106 – X1, connector X116 – X1,

connector X303, the wiring harness, connector A65 – X1 or the SDM.

When a history DTC 247 Driver Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator.

Should the fault conditions det ected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the code will remain a history

DTC 247 Driver Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error for all ignition cycles until cleare d. The airbag warning indicator will

remain on for the remainder of the ignitio n cycle.

When DTC 247 Driver Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator for the

remainder of the ignition cycle. Should the fault conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the

code will remain a history DTC 247 Driver Airbag Circuit Power St age Error for all ignition cycles until cleared. T he airbag

warning indicator will also remain illuminated until the history DTC 247 Driver Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error is

cleared.

If DTC 247 Driver Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error is set, dependent on where the fault is , the steering wheel inflatable

restraint assembly may not operate.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the SDM and associated components.

Action Required

If DTC 247 Driver Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error and any other DTC are set then the diagnostics for the other DTC

should be carried out first. For example if DTC 247 Driver Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error and DTC 21 are set, the

diagnostics for DTC 21 should be carried out first.

If only DTC 247 Driver Airbag Circuit Po wer Stage Error is set then repl ace the SDM.

NOTE

An intermittent fault in the steering wheel

inflatable restraint assembly circuit may cause

DTC 247 Drivers Airbag Circuit Power Stage

Error to set.

After the fault has been rectified, ensure all OPS component s are reconnected, and enable the SDM. Clear any DTCs,

then verify the correct operation of the system (i.e. airbag warning indicator not illuminated after 5 seconds of ignition

being turned on).

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–64

Page 12M–64

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is only DTC 247 (driver airbag circuit power stage error) history DTC

set?

Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

Clear the DTC and

recheck the system Go to Step 3

3 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC Information.

Is DTC 247 (driver airbag circuit power stage error) history DTC set

along with any other steeri ng wheel inflatable restraint assembly

DTCs?

Go to appropriate

steering wheel

inflatable restraint

assembly DTC

diagnostic table(s) Go to Step 4

4 Is DTC 247 (driver airbag circuit power stage error) current? Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM) –

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–65

Page 12M–65

2.8 Instrument Panel Inflatable Restraint

Assembly DTCs

DTC 33 – Passenger Airbag Circuit Short to Battery

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly positive

and negative power supply circuits.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 33 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the resistance to

battery positive is less than 5 kΩ in eith er the positive and/or negative circuit for more than 3 – 5 seco nds, refer to

2.4 System Self Diagnosis for more details.

A current DTC 33 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminat e whe n circuit 3025 and/or circuit 3024 are

shorted to battery positive.

When DTC 33 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 33. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 33. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 33 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle (even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC) until the fault conditions for setting DT C 33 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 33 is set, the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly will still be operational due to the reserve energ y

supply stored in the SDM.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the instrument pane l inflatable restraint

assembly and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 33 is current or history.

3 Checks for a short-circuit to battery positive in circuit 3025.

4 Checks for a short-circuit to battery positive in circuit 3024. Isolates whether circuit 3024 or the SDM is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

6 Resistance can not be measured between the two pins in connector A62 – X1 as the in-built capacitor blocks

measurement. A service hole is incorporated into the connector for fault tracing. Refer to Wiring Harness in this

Section for more details on this type of connector.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–66

Page 12M–66

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 33 current? Go to Step 3

Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

Clear the DTC and

recheck the system

3 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A62 – X1 from the i nstrument panel

inflatable restraint assembly.

3 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

4 Connect the battery.

5 Using a multimeter set to measure voltage, probe b etween

connector A65 – X1 pin 13 and a known ground (refer to Note

1).

Does the multimeter indicate battery voltage?

Repair or replace

circuit 3025 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 4

4 Using a multimeter set to measure voltage, probe between connector

A65 – X1 pin 14 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate battery voltage?

Repair or replace

circuit 3024 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–67

Page 12M–67

DTC 34 – Passenger Airbag Circuit Short to Ground

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly positive

and negative power supply circuits.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 34 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the resistance to ground

is less than 3 kΩ in either the positive or negative inflator circuit for more than 3 – 5 seconds.

A current DTC 34 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminat e whe n circuit 3025 and/or circuit 3024 are

shorted to ground.

When DTC 34 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 34. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 34. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 34 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle (even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC) until the fault conditions for setting DT C 34 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2

If DTC 34 is set, the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly will still be operational due to the reserve energ y

supply stored in the SDM.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the instrument pane l inflatable restraint

assembly and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 34 is current or history.

3 Tech 2 in this mode should di splay approximately 1.6 – 6.4 Ω if the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly

loop circuit is serviceable.

4 Tool No. SD28280B is a dum my load taking the place of the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly. If Tech

2 displays the correct resistance of the dummy load, the system fault is in the instrument panel inflatable restraint

assembly.

5 Checks for a short to ground in circuit 3025.

6 Checks for a short to ground in circuit 3024. Isolates whether circuit 3024 or the SDM is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

6 Resistance can not be measured between the two pins in connector A62 – X1 as the in-built capacitor blocks

measurement. A service hole is incorporated into the connector for fault tracing. Refer to Wiring Harness in this

Section for more details on this type of connector.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–68

Page 12M–68

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 34 current? Go to Step 3

Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

Clear the DTC and

recheck the system

3 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Data Display, and scroll to Passenger Airbag Loop

Resistance.

Tech 2 should indicate ap proximately 1.6 – 6.4 Ω. Is the value

displayed as specified?

Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

Clear the DTC and

recheck the system Go to Step 4

4 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A62 – X1 from the i nstrument panel

inflatable restraint assembly.

3 Connect Tool No. SD28280B to connector A62 – X1.

4 Connect the battery.

5 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Data Display, and scroll to Passenger Airbag

Loop Resistance.

Tech 2 should indicate ap proximately 3.0 Ω. Is the value displayed as

specified?

Replace the

instrument panel

inflatable restraint

assembly, refer to

3.8 Instrument

Panel Inflatable

Restraint Assembly Go to Step 5

5 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

3 Remove Tool No. SD28280B from connector A62 – X1.

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A65 – X1 pin 13 and a known ground (refer to Note

1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Repair or replace

circuit 3025 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 6

6 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A65 – X1 pin 14 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Repair or replace

circuit 3024 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–69

Page 12M–69

DTC 35 – Passenger Airbag Circuit Capacitance Too High

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly wiring

harness.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 35 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the capacitance in the

instrument panel inflatable res t raint assembly circuit is too high (greater than 550 nF) for longer than 3 – 5 seconds, refer

to 2.4 System Self Diagnosis for more details.

A current DTC 35 will set if the in-built capacitor in connector A62 – X1 is faulty.

When DTC 35 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 35. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 35. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 35 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle (even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC) until the fault conditions for setting DT C 35 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

Action Required

If DTC 35 is set, the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly may not operate. The wiring harness, with connectors

A62 – X1 and X205 (between the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly and main wiring harness), must be

replaced.

After the wiring harness between the instrument pan el inflatable restraint assembly and the main wiring harness has

been replaced, ensure all OPS components are reconnected, and e nable the SDM. Clear any DTCs, then verify the

correct operation of the system (i.e. airbag warning indicator not illuminated after 5 seconds of ignition being turned on).

DTC 36 – Passenger Airbag Circuit Capacitance Too Low

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly wiring

harness.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 36 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the capacitance in the

instrument panel inflatable res t raint assembly circuit is too low (less than 390 nF) for longer than 3 – 5 seconds, refer to

2.4 System Self Diagnosis for more details.

A current DTC 36 will set if the in-built capacitor in connector A62 – X1 is faulty.

When DTC 36 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 36. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 36. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 36 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle (even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC) until the fault conditions for setting DT C 36 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

Action Required

If DTC 36 is set, the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly may not operate. The wiring harness, with connectors

A62 – X1 and X205 (between the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly and main wiring harness), must be

replaced, refer to 3.8 Instrument Panel Inflatabl e Restraint Assembly.

After the wiring harness between the instrument pan el inflatable restraint assembly and the main wiring harness has

been replaced, ensure all OPS components are reconnected, and e nable the SDM. Clear any DTCs, then verify the

correct operation of the system (i.e. airbag warning indicator not illuminated after 5 seconds of ignition being turned on).

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–70

Page 12M–70

DTC 37 – Passenger Airbag Circuit Resistance Too High

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 37 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the resistance in the

instrument panel inflatable res t raint assembly circuit is too high (greater than 8.4 Ω) for longer than 3 – 5 seconds.

A current DTC 37 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminat e whe n circuit 3025 or circuit 3024 (including the

instrument panel inflatable res t raint assembly) are open-circuit.

When DTC 37 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 37. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 37. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 37 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle (even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC) until the fault conditions for setting DT C 37 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 37 is set, dependent on where the fault is, the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly may not operate.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the instrument pane l inflatable restraint

assembly and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks if DTC 37 is current or history.

3 Tool No. SD28280B is a dum my load taking the place of the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly. If

DTC 37 becomes a histor y DTC with the dummy load connected, the system fault is in the instrument panel

inflatable restraint assembly.

4 Checks for an open-circuit in circuit 3025

5 Checks for an open-circuit in circuit 3024. Isolates whether circuit 3024 or the SDM is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

6 Resistance can not be measured between the two pins in connector A62 – X1 as the in-built capacitor blocks

measurement. A service hole is incorporated into the connector for fault tracing. Refer to Wiring Harness in this

Section for more details on this type of connector.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–71

Page 12M–71

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 37 current? Go to Step 3

Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

Clear the DTC and

recheck the system

3 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A62 – X1 from the i nstrument panel

inflatable restraint assembly.

3 Connect Tool No. SD28280B to connector A62 – X1.

4 Connect the battery.

5 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 37 current? Go to Step 4

Replace the

instrument panel

inflatable restraint

assembly, refer to

3.8 Instrument

Panel Inflatable

Restraint Assembly

4 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

3 Remove Tool No. SD28280B from connector A62 – X1.

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A65 – X1 pin 13 and A62 – X1 pin 1 (refer to Note

1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 5

Repair or replace

circuit 3025 (refer to

Note 2)

5 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A65 – X1 pin 14 and A62 – X1 pin 2 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Repair or replace

circuit 3024 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–72

Page 12M–72

DTC 38 – Passenger Airbag Circuit Resistance Too Low

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 38 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the resistance in the

instrument panel inflatable res t raint assembly circuit is too low (less than 0.6 Ω) for longer than 3 – 5 seconds.

A current DTC 38 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminat e whe n circuit 3025 or circuit 3024 (including the

instrument panel inflatable res t raint assembly) are shorted together.

When DTC 38 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 38. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 38. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 38 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle (even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC) until the fault conditions for setting DT C 38 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 38 is set, dependent on where the fault is, the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly may not operate.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the instrument pane l inflatable restraint

assembly and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 38 is current or history.

3 Tool No. SD28280B is a dum my load taking the place of the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly. If

DTC 34 becomes a histor y DTC with the dummy load connected, the system fault is in the instrument panel

inflatable restraint assembly.

4 Checks for a short-circuit in between circuit 302 5 and circuit 3024. Isolates whether there is a short-circuit between

circuit 3025 and 3024, or the SDM is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

6 Resistance can not be measured between the two pins in connector A62 – X1 as the in-built capacitor blocks

measurement. A service hole is incorporated into the connector for fault tracing. Refer to Wiring Harness in this

Section for more details on this type of connector.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–73

Page 12M–73

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 38 current? Go to Step 3

Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

Clear the DTC and

recheck the system

3 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A62 – X1 from the i nstrument panel

inflatable restraint assembly.

3 Connect Tool No. SD28280B to connector A62 – X1.

4 Connect the battery.

5 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 38 current? Go to Step 4

Replace the

instrument panel

inflatable restraint

assembly, refer to

3.8 Instrument

Panel Inflatable

Restraint Assembly

4 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

3 Remove Tool No. SD28280B from connector A62 – X1.

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A65 – X1 pins 13 and 14 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Repair or replace

circuits 3025 and

3024 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–74

Page 12M–74

DTC 247 – Passenger Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the SDM.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, the SDM performs an initial system self check of the SDM power stages. If during this initial

self-test the SDM detects a fault with the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly power stage, a current DTC 247

Instrument Panel Inflatable Restraint Assembly Circuit Power Stage Error will set. On completion of the initial system

self-test, the SDM then performs a test of the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly circuit. If the SDM detects a

problem with this circuit, the associated instrument panel inflatabl e restraint assembly circuit DTC will set and DTC 247

Passenger Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error will become a history DTC.

DTC 247 Passenger Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error will set if a fault occurs in the instrument panel inflatable restraint

assembly circuit, connector A62 – X1 with the in-built capacitor, connector X205, connector X303, the wiring harness,

connector A65 – X1 or the SDM.

When a history DTC 247 Passenger Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error sets, the SDM illumi nates the airbag warning

indicator. Should the fault conditions detected b y the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the code will remain a

history DTC 247 Passenger Airbag C ircuit Po wer Stage Erro r for all ign ition cycles until cleared. The airbag warning

indicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

When DTC 247 Passenger Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error sets, the SDM illuminates the air bag warning indicator for

the remainder of the ignition cycle. Should th e fault conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition c ycle,

the code will remain a history DT C 247 Passenger Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error for all ignition cycles until cleared.

The airbag warning indicator will also remain illumin ated until the history DTC 247 Passenger Airbag Circuit Power Stage

Error is cleared.

If DTC 247 Passenger Airbag Circuit Po wer Stage Error is set, dependent on where the fault is, the instrument panel

inflatable restraint assembly may not operate.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the SDM and associated components.

Action Required

If DTC 247 Passenger Airbag Circuit Po wer Stage Error and any other DTC are set then the diagnostics for the other

DTC should be carried out first. For example if DTC 247 Passenger Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error an d DTC 37 are

set, the diagnostics for DTC 37 should be carried out first.

If only DTC 247 Passenger Airbag Circuit Power Stage Erro r is set then the SDM should be replaced.

NOTE

An intermittent fault in the instrument panel

inflatable restraint assembly circuit may cause

DTC 247 Passenger Airbag Circuit Power Stage

Error to set.

After the fault has been rectified, ensure all OPS component s are reconnected, and enable the SDM. Clear any DTCs,

then verify the correct operation of the system (i.e. airbag warning indicator not illuminated after 5 seconds of ignition

being turned on).

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–75

Page 12M–75

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is only DTC 247 (passenger airba g circuit po wer stage error) history

DTC set?

Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

Clear the DTC and

recheck the system Go to Step 3

3 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC Information.

Is DTC 247 (passenger airbag circuit power stage error) history DTC

set along with any other passenger inflatable restraint assembl y

DTCs?

Go to appropriate

instrument panel

inflatable restraint

assembly DTC

diagnostic table(s) Go to Step 4

4 Is DTC 247 (passenger airbag circuit power stage error) current? Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM) –

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–76

Page 12M–76

2.9 Left-hand Pretensioner DTCs

DTC 49 – Left Hand Pretensioner Circuit Short to Battery

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the left-hand pretensioner positive power supply circuits.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 49 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the resistance to

battery positive is less than 5 kΩ in eith er the positive and/or negative circuit for more than 3 – 5 seco nds, refer to

2.4 System Self Diagnosis for more details.

A current DTC 49 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminat e whe n circuit 2116 and/or circuit 2117 are

shorted to battery positive.

When DTC 49 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 49. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 49. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 49 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle (even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC) until the fault conditions for setting DT C 49 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 49 is set, the left-hand pretensioner assembly will still be operational due to the reserve energy supply stored in

the SDM.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the left-hand pretensioner and associated

components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 49 is current or history.

3 Checks for a short-circuit to battery positive in circuit 2116.

4 Checks for a short-circuit to battery in circuit 2117. Isolates whether circuit 2117 or the SDM is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–77

Page 12M–77

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 49 current? Go to Step 3

Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

Clear the DTC and

recheck the system

3 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector Y129 – X1 from the left-hand pretensioner

assembly.

3 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

4 Connect the battery.

5 Using a multimeter set to measure voltage, probe b etween

connector A65 – X1 pin 1 and a known ground (refer note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate battery voltage?

Repair or replace

circuit 2116 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 4

4 Using a multimeter set to measure voltage, probe between connector

A65 – X1 pin 2 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate battery voltage?

Repair or replace

circuit 2117 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–78

Page 12M–78

DTC 50 – Left Hand Pretensioner Circuit Short to Ground

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in th e diagnosis of the left-hand pretensioner positive and negative power

supply circuits.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 50 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the resistance to ground

is less than 3 kΩ in either the positive or negative circuit for more than 3 – 5 secon ds, refer to 2.4 System Self Diagnosis

for more details.

A current DTC 50 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminat e whe n circuit 2116 and or circuit 2117 are

shorted to ground.

When DTC 50 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 50. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 50. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 50 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle (even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC) until the fault conditions for setting DT C 50 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 50 is set, the left-hand pretensioner will still be operational due to the reserve energy supply stored in the SDM.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the left-hand pretensioner and associated

components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 50 is current or history.

3 Tech 2 in this mode should di splay approximately 1.6 – 6.4 Ω if the left-hand pretensioner loop circuit is

serviceable.

4 Tool No. EL47787 is a dummy load taking the place of the pretension er assembly. If Tech 2 displays the correct

resistance of the dummy load, the system fault is in the pretensioner assembly.

5 Checks for a short to ground in circuit 2116.

6 Checks for a short to ground in circuit 2117. Isolates whether circuit 2117 or SDM is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–79

Page 12M–79

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 50 current? Go to Step 3

Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

Clear the DTC and

recheck the system

3 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Data Display, and scroll to Left Hand Side

Pretensioner Loop Resistance.

Tech 2 should indicate ap proximately 1.6 – 6.4 Ω. Is the value

displayed as specified?

Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4).

Clear the DTC and

recheck the system Go to Step 4

4 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector Y129 – X1 from the left-hand

pretensioner.

3 Connect Tool No. EL47787 to connector Y129 – X1.

4 Connect the battery.

5 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Data Display, and scroll to Left Hand

Pretensioner Loop Resistance.

Tech 2 should indicate ap proximately 3.0 Ω. Is the value displayed as

specified?

Replace the left-

hand pretensioner

assembly, refer to

3.5 Seatbelt Buckle

and Pretensioner

Assembly Go to Step 5

5 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

3 Disconnect Tool No. EL4778 7 from connector Y129 – X1.

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A65 – X1 pin 1 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Repair or replace

circuit 2116 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 6

6 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A65 – X1 pin 2 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Repair or replace

circuit 2117 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–80

Page 12M–80

DTC 51 – Left Hand Pretensioner Circuit Capacitance Too High

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in th e diagnosis of the left-hand pretensioner wiring harness.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 51 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the capacitance in the

left-hand pretensioner circuit is too high (greater than 550 nF) for longer than 3 – 5 secon ds.

A current DTC 51 will set if the in-built capacitor in the left-hand pretensioner is faulty.

When DTC 51 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 51. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 51. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 51 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle (even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC) until the fault conditions for setting DT C 51 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

Action Required

If DTC 51 is set, the left-hand pretensioner may not operate. The seatbelt buckle and pretensioner assembly must be

replaced.

NOTE

Before removing the seatbelt buckle and

pretensioner assembly, take note of wiring

harness routeing.

After the seatbelt buckle and pretensioner a ssembly has been replaced, ensure all OPS components are reconnected,

and enable the SDM. Clear any DTCs, then verify the correct operation of the system (i.e. airba g warning indicator not

illuminated after 5 seconds of ignition being turned on).

NOTE

After the seatbelt buckle and pretensioner

assembly has been replaced, the front seat

should be put through its full adjustment

(forward/backwards, full recline and up and

down) to ensure the wiring harness does not foul

with any of the seat components.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–81

Page 12M–81

DTC 52 – Left Hand Pretensioner Circuit Capacitance Too Low

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in th e diagnosis of the left-hand pretensioner wiring harness.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 52 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the capacitance in the

left-hand pretensioner circuit is too lo w (less than 390 nF ) for longer than 3 – 5 seconds, refer to

2.4 System Self Diagnosis for more details.

A current DTC 52 will set if the in-built capacitor in the left-hand pretensioner is faulty.

When DTC 52 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 52. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 52. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 52 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle (even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC) until the fault conditions for setting DT C 52 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

Action Required

If DTC 52 is set, the left-hand pretensioner may not operate. The seatbelt buckle and pretensioner assembly must be

replaced.

NOTE

Before removing the seatbelt buckle and

pretensioner assembly, take note of wiring

harness routeing.

After the seatbelt buckle and pretensioner a ssembly has been replaced, ensure all OPS components are reconnected,

and enable the SDM. Clear any DTCs, then verify the correct operation of the system (i.e. airba g warning indicator not

illuminated after 5 seconds of ignition being turned on).

NOTE

After the seatbelt buckle and pretensioner

assembly has been replaced, the front seat

should be put through its full adjustment

(forward/backwards, full recline and up and

down) to ensure the wiring harness does not foul

with any of the seat components.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–82

Page 12M–82

DTC 53 – Left Hand Pretensioner Circuit Resistance Too High

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the left-hand pretensioner assembl y.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 53 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate whe n the SDM detects the resistance in the left-

hand pretensioner circuit is too high (greater than 8.4 Ω) for longer than 3 – 5 seconds, refer to

2.4 System Self Diagnosis for more details.

A current DTC 53 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminat e whe n circuit 2116 or circuit 2117 (including the

left-hand pretensioner assembly) are open-circuit.

When DTC 53 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 53. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 53. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 53 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle (even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC) until the fault conditions for setting DT C 53 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 53 is set, dependent on where the fault is, the left-hand pretens ioner may not operate.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the left-hand pretensioner and associated

components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 53 is current or history.

3 Tool No. EL47787 is a dumm y load taking the place of the left-hand pr etensioner assembly. If DTC 53 becomes a

history DTC with the dummy load connected, the system fault is in the left-hand pretensio ner assembly.

4 Checks if there is an open-circuit in the OPS connector harness. If connector Y129 – X1 is disconnected and its

pins are bridged together, DTC 53 will become a history DTC if this connector harness is faulty.

5 Checks for an open-circuit in circuit 2116.

6 Checks for an open-circuit in circuit 2117. Isolates whether circuit 2117 or the SDM is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–83

Page 12M–83

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 53 current? Go to Step 3

Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

Clear the DTC and

recheck the system

3 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector Y129 – X1 from the left-hand pretensioner

assembly.

3 Connect Tool No. EL47787 to connector Y129 – X1.

4 Connect the battery.

5 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 53 current? Go to Step 4

Replace the left-

hand pretensioner

assembly, refer to

3.5 Seatbelt Buckle

and Pretensioner

Assembly

4 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect Tool No. EL4778 7 from connector Y129 – X1.

3 Using a suitable jumper wire, bridge connector Y129 – X1 pins 1

and 2 together (refer to Note 1).

NOTE

This step may set a current DTC 54. This should be

ignored, and cleared after any repairs ar e completed.

4 Connect the battery.

5 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Does DTC 53 become histor y?

Replace the left-

hand pretensioner

assembly, refer to

3.5 Seatbelt Buckle

and Pretensioner

Assembly Go to Step 5

5 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

3 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A65 – X1 pin 1 and Y129 – X1 pin 2 (refer to Note

1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 6

Repair or replace

circuit 2116 (refer to

Note 2)

6 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A65 – X1 pin 2 and Y129 – X1 pin 1 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

Repair or replace

circuit 2117 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–84

Page 12M–84

DTC 54 – Left Hand Pretensioner Circuit Resistance Too Low

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the left-hand pretensioner assembl y.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 54 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate whe n the SDM detects the resistance in the left-

hand pretensioner circuit is too lo w (less than 0.6 Ω) for longer than 3 – 5 seconds, refer to 2.4 S ystem Self Diagnosis

for more details.

A current DTC 54 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminat e whe n circuit 2116 or circuit 2117 (including the

pretensioner assembly) are shorted tog ether.

When DTC 54 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 54. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 54. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 54 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle (even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC) until the fault conditions for setting DT C 54 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 54 is set, dependent on where the fault is, the left-hand pretens ioner may not operate.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the left-hand pretensioner and associated

components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 54 is current or history.

3 Tool No. EL47787 is a dumm y load taking the place of the left-hand pr etensioner assembly. If DTC 54 becomes a

history DTC with the dummy load connected, the system fault is in the left-hand pretensio ner assembly.

4 Checks for a short-circuit between circuit 2116 and circuit 2117. Isolates whether there is a short-circuit between

circuit 2116 and 2117, or the SDM is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–85

Page 12M–85

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC.

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 54 current? Go to Step 3

Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

Clear the DTC and

recheck the system

3 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector Y129 – X1 from the left-hand pretensioner

assembly.

3 Connect Tool No. EL47787 to connector Y129 – X1.

4 Connect the battery.

5 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 54 current? Go to Step 4

Replace the left-

hand pretensioner

assembly, refer to

3.5 Seatbelt Buckle

and Pretensioner

Assembly

4 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

3 Disconnect Tool No. EL4778 7 from connector Y129 – X1.

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A65 – X1 pins 1 and 2 (refer to No te 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Repair or replace

circuits 2116 and

2117 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–86

Page 12M–86

DTC 247 – Left Hand Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Error

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the SDM.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, the SDM performs an initial system self check of the SDM power stages. If during this initial

self-test the SDM detects a fault with the left-hand pretensioner circuit power stage, a current DTC 247 Left Hand

Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Error will set. On completion of the initial system self-test, the SDM then performs a

test of the left-hand pretensioner circuit. If the SDM detects a problem with this circuit, the associated left-hand

pretensioner circuit DTC will set and DTC 247 Left Hand Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Error will become a history

DTC.

DTC 247 Left Hand Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Erro r will set if a fault occurs in the left-hand pretensioner with the

in-built capacitor, connector Y129 – X1, the OPS wiring harness, connector A65 – X1 or the SDM.

When a history DTC 247 Left Hand Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Error sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning

indicator. Should the fault conditions detected b y the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the code will remain a

history DTC 247 Left Hand Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Error for all ignition cycles until cleared. The airbag warning

indicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

When DTC 247 Left Hand Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Error sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator

for the remainder of the ignition cycle. Should the fault conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition

cycle, the code will remain a histor y DTC 247 Left Hand Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Error for all ignition cycles until

cleared. The airbag warning indicator will also remain illuminated until the history DTC 247 Left Hand Pretensioner

Circuit Power Stage Error is cleared.

If DTC 247 Left Hand Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Error is set, dependent on where the fault is, the left-hand

pretensioner may not operate.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the left-hand pretensioner and associated

components.

Action Required

If DTC 247 Left Hand Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Error and any other DTC are set then the diagnostics for the

other DTC should be carried out first. For example if DTC 247 Left Hand P r etensioner Circuit Power Stage Error and

DTC 53 are set, the diagnostics for DTC 53 should be carried out first.

If only DTC 247 Left Hand Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Error is set, the SDM should be replaced.

NOTE

An intermittent fault in the left-hand pretensioner

circuit may cause DTC 247 Left Hand

Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Error to set.

After the fault has been rectified, ensure all OPS component s are reconnected, and enable the SDM. Clear any DTCs,

then verify the correct operation of the system (i.e. airbag warning indicator not illuminated after 5 seconds of ignition

being turned on).

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–87

Page 12M–87

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is only DTC 247 (left hand pretensio ner circuit power stage error)

history DTC set?

Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

Clear the DTC and

recheck the system Go to Step 3

3 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC Information.

Is DTC 247 (left hand pretensi oner circuit power stage error) history

DTC set along with any other left-hand pretensioner DTCs?

Go to appropriate

left-hand

pretensioner DT C

diagnostic table(s) Go to Step 4

4 Is DTC 247 (left hand pretensi oner circuit power stage error) current? Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM) –

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–88

Page 12M–88

2.10 Right-hand Pretensioner DTCs

DTC 65 – Right Hand Pretensioner Circuit Short to Battery

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the right-hand pretensioner positive power supply circuits.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 65 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the resistance to

battery positive is less than 5 kΩ in eith er the positive and/or negative circuit for more than 3 – 5 seco nds, refer to

2.4 System Self Diagnosis for more details.

A current DTC 65 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminat e whe n circuit 2118 and/or circuit 2119 are

shorted to battery positive.

When DTC 65 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 65. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 65. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 65 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle (even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC) until the fault conditions for setting DT C 65 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 65 is set, the right-hand pretensioner assembly will still be operational du e to the reserve energy supply stored in

the SDM.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the right-hand pretensioner and associated

components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 65 is current or history.

3 Checks for a short-circuit to battery positive in circuit 2118.

4 Checks for a short-circuit to battery positive in circuit 2119. Isolates whether circuit 2119 or the SDM is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–89

Page 12M–89

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 65 current? Go to Step 3

Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

Clear the DTC and

recheck the system

3 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector Y128 – X1 from the right-hand

pretensioner assembly.

3 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

4 Connect the battery.

5 Using a multimeter set to measure voltage, probe b etween

connector A65 – X1 pin 3 and a known ground.

Is battery voltage present?

Repair or replace

circuit 2118 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 4

4 Using a multimeter set to measure voltage, probe between connector

A65 – X1 pin 4 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Is battery voltage present?

Repair or replace

circuit 2119 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–90

Page 12M–90

DTC 66 – Right Hand Pretensioner Circuit Short to Ground

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the right-hand pretensioner positive and ne gative power

supply circuits.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 66 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the resistance to ground

is less than 3 kΩ in either the positive or negative circuit for more than 3 – 5 secon ds, refer to 2.4 System Self Diagnosis

for more details.

A current DTC 66 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminat e whe n circuit 2118 and/or circuit 2119 are

shorted to ground.

When DTC 66 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 66. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 66. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 66 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle (even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC) until the fault conditions for setting DT C 66 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 66 is set, the right-hand pretensioner assembly will still be operational du e to the reserve energy supply stored in

the SDM.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the right-hand pretensioner and associated

components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 66 is current or history.

3 Tech 2 in this mode should di splay approximately 1.6 – 6.4 Ω if the right-hand pretensioner loop circuit is

serviceable.

4 Tool No. EL47787 is a dummy load taking the place of the pretension er assembly. If Tech 2 displays the correct

resistance of the dummy load, the system fault is in the pretensioner assembly.

5 Checks for a short to ground in circuit 2118.

6 Checks for a short to ground in circuit 2119. Isolates whether circuit 2119 or the SDM is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–91

Page 12M–91

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC.

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 66 current? Go to Step 3 Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

3 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Data Display, and scroll to Right Hand Pretensioner

Loop Resistance.

Tech 2 should indicate ap proximately 1.6 – 6.4 Ω. Is the value

displayed as specified? Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4) Go to Step 4

4 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector Y128 – X1 from the right-hand

pretensioner assembly.

3 Connect Tool No. EL47787 to connector Y128 – X1.

4 Connect the battery.

5 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Data Display, and scroll to Right Hand

Pretensioner Loop Resistance.

Tech 2 should indicate ap proximately 3.0 Ω. Is the value displayed as

specified?

Replace the right-

hand pretensioner

assembly, refer to

3.5 Seatbelt Buckle

and Pretensioner

Assembly Go to Step 5

5 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

3 Disconnect Tool No. EL4778 7 from connector Y128 – X1.

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A65 – X1 pin 3 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Repair or replace

circuit 2118 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 6

6 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A65 – X1 pin 4 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Repair or replace

circuit 2119 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–92

Page 12M–92

DTC 67 – Right Hand Pretensioner Circuit Capacitance Too High

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the right-hand pretensioner wiring harness.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 67 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the capacitance in the

right-hand pretensi oner circuit is too high (greater than 550 nF) for longer than 3 – 5 seconds, refer to

2.4 System Self Diagnosis for more details.

A current DTC 67 will set if the in-built capacitor in the right-hand pretensioner is faulty.

When DTC 67 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 67. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 67. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 67 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle (even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC) until the fault conditions for setting DT C 67 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

Action Required

If DTC 67 is set, the right-hand pretensioner may not operate. The seatbelt buckle and pretensioner assembly must be

replaced.

NOTE

Before removing the seatbelt buckle and

pretensioner assembly, take note of wiring

harness routeing.

After the seatbelt buckle and pretensioner a ssembly has been replaced, ensure all OPS components are reconnected,

and enable the SDM. Clear any DTCs, then verify the correct operation of the system (i.e. airba g warning indicator not

illuminated after 5 seconds of ignition being turned on).

NOTE

After the seatbelt buckle and pretensioner

assembly has been replaced, the front seat

should be put through its full adjustment

(forward/backwards, full recline and up and

down) to ensure the wiring harness does not foul

with any of the seat components.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–93

Page 12M–93

DTC 68 – Right Hand Pretensioner Circuit Capacitance Too Low

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the right-hand pretensioner wiring harness.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 68 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the capacitance in the

right-hand pretensi oner circuit is too low (less than 390 nF) for long er than 3 – 5 seconds, refer to

2.4 System Self Diagnosis for more details.

A current DTC 68 will set if the in-built capacitor in the right-hand pretensioner is faulty.

When DTC 68 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 68. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 68. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 68 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle (even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC) until the fault conditions for setting DT C 68 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

Action Required

If DTC 68 is set, the right-hand pretensioner may not operate. The seatbelt buckle and pretensioner assembly must be

replaced.

NOTE

Before removing the seatbelt buckle and

pretensioner assembly, take note of wiring

harness routeing.

After the seatbelt buckle and pretensioner a ssembly has been replaced, ensure all OPS components are reconnected,

and enable the SDM. Clear any DTCs, then verify the correct operation of the system (i.e. airba g warning indicator not

illuminated after 5 seconds of ignition being turned on).

NOTE

After the seatbelt buckle and pretensioner

assembly has been replaced, the front seat

should be put through its full adjustment

(forward/backwards, full recline and up and

down) to ensure the wiring harness does not foul

with any of the seat components.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–94

Page 12M–94

DTC 69 – Right Hand Pretensioner Circuit Resistance Too High

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the right-hand p retensioner assembly.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 69 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the resistance in the

right-hand pretensi oner circuit is too high (greater than 8.4 Ω) for longer than 3 – 5 seconds, refer to

2.4 System Self Diagnosis for more details.

A current DTC 69 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminat e whe n circuit 2118 or circuit 2119 (including the

right-hand pretensi oner assembly) are open-circuit.

When DTC 69 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current DTC. Should the fault conditions

detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history DTC 69. The

airbag warning indicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 69 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle (even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC) until the fault conditions for setting DT C 69 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 69 is set, dependent on where the fault is, the right-hand pretensio ner may not operate.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the right-hand pretensioner and associated

components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 69 is current or history.

3 Tool No. EL47787 is a dumm y load taking the place of the right-hand pretensioner assembly. If DTC 69 becomes a

history DTC with the dummy load connected, the system fault is in the right-hand pretens ioner assembly.

4 Checks if there is an open-circuit in the OPS connector harness. If connector Y128 – X1 is disconnected and its

pins are bridged together, DTC 69 will become a history DTC if this connector harness is faulty.

5 Checks for an open-circuit in circuit 2118.

6 Checks for an open-circuit in circuit 2119. Isolates whether circuit 2119 or the SDM is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–95

Page 12M–95

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC.

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 69 current? Go to Step 3 Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

3 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector Y128 – X1 from the right-hand

pretensioner assembly.

3 Connect Tool No. EL47787 to connector Y128 – X1.

4 Connect the battery.

5 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 69 current? Go to Step 4

Replace the right-

hand pretensioner

assembly, refer to

3.5 Seatbelt Buckle

and Pretensioner

Assembly

4 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect Tool No. EL4778 7 from connector Y128 – X1.

3 Using a suitable jumper wire, bridge connector Y128 – X1 pins 1

and 2 together (refer to Note 1).

NOTE

This step may set a current DTC 70. This should be

ignored, and cleared after any repairs ar e completed.

4 Connect the battery.

5 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Does DTC 69 become histor y?

Replace the right-

hand pretensioner

assembly, refer to

3.5 Seatbelt Buckle

and Pretensioner

Assembly Go to Step 5

5 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

3 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A65 – X1 pin 3 and Y128 – X1 pin 2 (refer to Note

1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 6

Repair or replace

circuit 2118 (refer to

Note 2).

6 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A65 – X1 pin 4 and Y128 – X1 pin 1 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

Repair or replace

circuit 2119 (refer to

Note 2).

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–96

Page 12M–96

DTC 70 – Right Hand Pretensioner Circuit Resistance Too Low

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the right-hand p retensioner assembly.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 70 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the resistance in the

right-hand pretensioner circuit is too lo w (less than 0.6 Ω) for longer than 3 – 5 seconds, refer to

2.4 System Self Diagnosis for more details.

A current DTC 70 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminat e whe n circuit 2118 and circuit 2119 (including the

pretensioner assembly) are shorted tog ether.

When DTC 70 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 70. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 70. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 70 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle (even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC) until the fault conditions for setting DT C 70 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 70 is set, dependent on where the fault is, the right-hand pretensio ner may not operate.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the right-hand pretensioner and associated

components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 70 is current or history.

3 Tool No. EL47787 is a dumm y load taking the place of the right-hand pretensioner assembly. If DTC 70 becomes a

history DTC with the dummy load connected, the system fault is in the right-hand pretens ioner assembly.

4 Checks for a short-circuit between circuit 2118 and circuit 2119. Isolates whether there is a short-circuit between

circuit 2118 and 2119, or the SDM is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–97

Page 12M–97

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC.

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 70 current? Go to Step 3

Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

Clear the DTC and

recheck the system

3 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector Y128 – X1 from the right-hand

pretensioner assembly.

3 Connect Tool No. EL47787 to connector Y128 – X1.

4 Connect the battery.

5 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 70 current? Go to Step 4

Replace the right-

hand pretensioner

assembly, refer to

3.5 Seatbelt Buckle

and Pretensioner

Assembly

4 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

3 Disconnect Tool No. EL4778 7 from connector Y128 – X1.

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A65 – X1 pins 3 and 4 (refer to No te 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Repair or replace

circuits 2118 and

2119 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–98

Page 12M–98

DTC 247 – Right Hand Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Error

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the SDM.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, the SDM performs an initial system self check of the SDM power stages. If during this initial

self-test the SDM detects a fault with the right-hand pretensioner circuit power stage, a current DTC 247 Right Hand

Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Error will set. On completion of the initial system self-test, the SDM then performs a

test of the right-hand pretensioner circuit. If the SDM detects a problem with this circuit, the associated right-hand

pretensioner circuit DT C will set and DTC 247 Right Hand Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Error will become a history

DTC.

DTC 247 Right Hand Pretensi oner Circuit Power Stage Error will set if a fault occurs in the right-hand pretension er,

connector Y128 – X1, the wiring harness, connector A65 – X1 or the SDM.

When a history DTC 247 Righ t Hand Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Error sets, the SDM illuminates t he airbag

warning indicator. Should the fault conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the code will

remain a history DTC 247 Right Hand Pretensioner Circu it Power Stage Error for all ignition cycles until cleared. The

airbag warning indicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

When DTC 247 Right Hand Pretensi oner Circuit Power Stage Error sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning

indicator for the remainder of the ignition cycle. Should the fault conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same

ignition cycle, the code will remain a history DTC 247 Right Hand Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Error for all ignition

cycles until cleared. The airbag warning indicator will also remain illuminated until the history DTC 247 Right Hand

Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Error is cleared.

If DTC 247 Right Hand Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Error is set, dependent on where the fault is, the right-hand

pretensioner may not operate.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the right-hand pretensioner and associated

components.

Action Required

If DTC 247 Right Hand Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Error and any other DTC are set then the diagnostics for the

other DTC should be carried out first. For example if DTC 247 Right Ha nd Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Error and

DTC 69 are set, the diagnostics for DTC 69 should be carried out first.

If only DTC 247 Right Hand Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Error is set then replace the SDM.

NOTE

An intermittent fault in the right-hand pretensioner

circuit may cause DTC 247 Right Hand

Pretensioner Circuit Power Stage Error to set.

After the fault has been rectified, ensure all OPS component s are reconnected, and enable the SDM. Clear any DTCs,

then verify the correct operation of the system (i.e. airbag warning indicator not illuminated after 5 seconds of ignition

being turned on).

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–99

Page 12M–99

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is only DTC 247 (right hand pretensi oner power stage error) history

DTC set? Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4) Go to Step 3

3 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC Information.

Is DTC 247 (right hand pretensioner circuit power stage error) history

DTC set along with any other driver pretensioner DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate right-

hand pretensioner

DTC diagnostic

table(s) Go to Step 4

4 Is DTC 247 (right hand pretensioner circuit power stage error)

current? Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM) –

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–100

Page 12M–100

2.11 Left-hand Side-impact Inflatable

Restraint DTCs

NOTE

Due to the design of the anti-back-out connector

A96_L – X1 on the side-imp act inflatable res traint

assembly, the connector cannot be disconnected

from the side-impact inflatable restraint assembly

without damaging the assembly. Therefore,

repairs to the OPS pigtail wiring harness that run

through the front seat are not to be attempted

(this includes the capacitor in connector A96_L –

X1). If this pigtail har ness is damag ed in an y way,

the harness and side-impact inflatable restraint

assembly must be replaced as an assembl y.

DTC 81 – Left Hand Side Airbag Circuit Short to Battery

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly

positive power supply circuits.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

inflatable restraint control module (SDM) per forms a system self check.

If the SDM detects a resistance to battery supply is less than 5 kΩ in either the positive and/or negativ e circuit for mo re

than 3 – 5 seconds, a current DTC 81 will set, refer to 2.4 System Self Diagnosis for more details.

DTC 81 will set if circuits 2137 (side-impact in flatable restraint, positive side) and/or 2138 (side-impact inflatable restraint,

negative side) are shorted to battery positive.

When DTC 81 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 81. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 81. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 81 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle, even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC, until the fault conditions for setting DTC 81 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 81 is set, the OPS, including the left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly, may still be operational d ue to

the reserve energy supply stored in the SDM.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint

assembly and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 81 is current or history.

3 Tool AU485 is a dummy load taking the place of the left-hand side-impact inflata ble restraint assembly. If DTC 81

becomes a history DTC with dummy load connected, the system fault is in the side-impact inflatable restraint

assembly.

4 Checks for a short circuit to battery in circuit 2137.

5 Checks for a short circuit to battery in circuit 2138. Isolates whether circuit 2138 or the SDM is at fault.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–101

Page 12M–101

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 81 current? Go to Step 3 Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

3 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector X306 from the left-hand side-impact

inflatable restraint assembly.

3 Connect Tool No. AU485 to connector X306.

4 Connect the battery.

5 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 81 still current? Go to Step 4

Replace the left-

hand side-impact

inflatable restraint

assembly, refer to

3.9 Side-impact

Inflatable Restraint

Assembly

4 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

3 Disconnect Tool No. AU485 from connector X306.

4 Connect the battery.

5 Using a multimeter set to measure voltage, probe b etween

connector A65 – X1 pin 16 and a known ground (refer to Note

1).

Does the multimeter indicate battery voltage?

Repair or replace

circuit 2137 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 5

5 Using a multimeter set to measure voltage, probe between connector

A65 – X1 pin 17 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate battery voltage?

Repair or replace

circuit 2138 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–102

Page 12M–102

DTC 82 – Left Hand Side Airbag Circuit Short to Ground

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly

positive and negative power supply circuits.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

inflatable restraint control module (SDM) per forms a system self check.

A current DTC 82 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the resistance to ground

is less than 3 kΩ in either the positive or negative inflator circuit for more than 3 – 5 seconds.

A current DTC 82 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminat e whe n circuit 2137 and/or circuit 2138 are

shorted to ground.

When DTC 82 sets, the SDM illuminates the SRS warning indicator and sets a current DTC 82. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 82. The SRS warning indicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 82 is set, the SRS warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle, even if the DTC is set as a history DTC,

until the fault conditions for setting DTC 82 are rectified a nd the DTC (current or history) can then be cleared from the

SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 82 is set, the left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly will still be operational due to the reserve ener gy

supply stored in the SDM.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint

assembly and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 82 is current or history.

3 Tech 2 in this mode should di splay approximately 1.6 – 6.4 Ω if the left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint

assembly loop circuit is serviceable.

4 Tool No. AU485 is a dummy load taking the place of the left-hand side-impact inflatable re straint assembly. If Tech

2 displays the correct resistance of the dum my load, the system fault is in the left-hand side-impact inflatable

restraint assembly.

5 Checks for a short to ground in circuit 2137.

6 Checks for a short to ground in circuit 2138. Isolates whether circuit 2138 or the SDM is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–103

Page 12M–103

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Does Tech 2 display DTC 98 as a Current DTC? Go to Step 3 Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

3 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Data Display, and scroll to Left Hand Side Airbag

Loop Resistance.

Tech 2 should indicate ap proximately 1.6 – 6.4 Ω. Is the value

displayed as specified? Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4) Go to Step 4

4 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector X306 from the left-hand side-impact

inflatable restraint assembly.

3 Connect Tool No. AU485 to connector X306.

4 Connect the battery.

5 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Data Display, and scroll to Left Hand Side

Airbag Loop Resistance.

Tech 2 should indicate ap proximately 2.0 Ω. Is the value displayed as

specified?

Replace the left-

hand side-impact

inflatable restraint

assembly, refer to

3.9 Side-impact

Inflatable Restraint

Assembly Go to Step 5

5 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

3 Remove Tool AU485 from connector X306.

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A65 – X1 pin 16 and a known ground (refer to Note

1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Repair or replace

circuit 2137 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 6

6 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A65 – X1 pin 17 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Repair or replace

circuit 2138 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–104

Page 12M–104

DTC 83 – Left Hand Side Airbag Circuit Capacitance Too High

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembl y wiring

harness.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 83 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the capacitance in the

left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly circuit is too high (greater than 550 nF) for longer than 3 – 5 second s,

refer to 2.4 System Self Diagnosis for more details.

A current DTC 83 will set if the in-built capacitor in connector A96 – X1 is faulty.

When DTC 83 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 83. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 83. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 83 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle, even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC, until the fault conditions for setting DTC 83 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

Action Required

If DTC 83 is set, the left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly may not operate and must be repl aced, refer to

3.9 Side-impact Inflatable Restraint Assemb ly.

After the side-impact inflatable restraint assembly has been replaced, e nsure all OPS components are reconnected, and

enable the SDM. Clear any DTCs, then verify the correct operation of the system (i.e. warning indicator not illuminated

after five seconds of ignition being switched on).

DTC 84 – Left Hand Side Airbag Circuit Capacitance Too Low

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembl y wiring

harness.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 84 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the capacitance in the

left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly circuit is too low (less than 390 nF) for longer than 3 – 5 seconds, refer

to 2.4 System Self Diagnosis for more details.

A current DTC 84 will set if the in-built capacitor in connector A96 – X1 is faulty.

When DTC 84 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 84. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 84. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 84 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle, even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC, until the fault conditions for setting DTC 84 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

Action Required

If DTC 84 is set, the left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly may not operate and must be repl aced, refer to

3.9 Side-impact Inflatable Restraint Assemb ly.

After the side-impact inflatable restraint assembly has been replaced, e nsure all OPS components are reconnected, and

enable the SDM. Clear any DTCs, then verify the correct operation of the system (i.e. warning indicator not illuminated

after five seconds of ignition being switched on).

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–105

Page 12M–105

DTC 85 – Left Hand Side Airbag Circuit Resistance Too High

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 85 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate whe n the SDM detects the resistance in the left-

hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly circuit is too high (greater than 8.4 Ω) for longer than 3 – 5 seconds.

A current DTC 85 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminat e whe n circuit 2137 or circuit 2138 (including the

left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembl y) ar e open-circuit.

When DTC 85 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 85. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 85. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 85 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle, even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC, until the fault conditions for setting DTC 85 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 85 is set, dependent on where the fault is, the left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly may not operate.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint

assembly and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 85 is current or history.

3 Tool AU485 is a dummy lo ad taking the place of the side-impact inflatable restraint assembly. If DTC 85 becomes a

history DTC with dummy load connected, the system fault is in the side-impact inflatable restraint assembly.

4 Checks for an open-circuit in circuit 2137.

5 Checks for an open-circuit in circuit 2138. Isolates whether circuit 2138 or the SDM is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–106

Page 12M–106

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 85 current? Go to Step 3 Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

3 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector X306 from the left-hand side-impact

inflatable restraint assembly.

3 Connect Tool No. AU485 to connector X306.

4 Connect the battery.

5 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 85 still current? Go to Step 4

Replace the left-

hand side-impact

inflatable restraint

assembly, refer to

3.9 Side-impact

Inflatable Restraint

Assembly

4 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

3 Remove Tool No. AU485 from connector X306.

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A65 – X1 pin 16 and X306 pin 1 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity? Go to Step 5

Repair or replace

circuit 2137 (refer to

Note 2)

5 1 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A65 – X1 pin 17 and X306 pin 2 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

Repair or replace

circuit 2138 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–107

Page 12M–107

DTC 86 – Left Hand Side Airbag Circuit Resistance Too Low

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 86 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate whe n the SDM detects the resistance in the left-

hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly circuit is too low (less than 0.6 Ω) for longer than 3 – 5 seconds.

A current DTC 86 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminat e whe n circuit 2137 or circuit 2138 (including the

left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly) are shorted together.

When DTC 86 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 86. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 86. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 86 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle, even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC, until the fault conditions for setting DTC 86 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 86 is set, dependent on where the fault is, the left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly may not operate.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint

assembly and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 86 is current or history.

3 Tool No. AU485 is a dummy load taking the place of the side-impact inflatable restraint assembly. If DTC 85

becomes a history DTC with the dummy load connected, the system fault is in the side-impact inflatable restraint

assembly.

4 Checks for a short-circuit between circuit 2138 and circuit 2137. Isolates whether there is a short-circuit between

circuit 2137 and 2138, or the SDM is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–108

Page 12M–108

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 86 current? Go to Step 3 Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

3 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector X306 from the left-hand side-impact

inflatable restraint assembly.

3 Connect Tool No. AU485 to connector X306.

4 Connect the battery.

5 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 86 current? Go to Step 4

Replace the left-

hand side-impact

inflatable restraint

assembly, refer to

3.9 Side-impact

Inflatable Restraint

Assembly

4 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

3 Remove Tool No. AU485 from connector X306.

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A65 – X1 pins 17 and 16 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Repair or replace

circuits 2137 and

2138 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–109

Page 12M–109

DTC 247 – Left Hand Side Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the SDM.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, the SDM performs an initial system self check of the SDM power stages. If during this initial

self test the SDM detects a fault with the left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly circuit po wer stage a current

DTC 247 Left Hand Side Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error will set. On completion of the initial system self test the SDM

then performs a test of the left-hand side-impact inflatabl e restraint assembly circuit. If the SDM detects a problem with

this circuit the associated left-hand side-imp act inflatable restraint assembly circuit DTC will set and DTC 247 Left Hand

Side Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error will become a history DTC.

DTC 247 Left-hand Side-impact Airbag C ircuit Power Stage Error will set if a fault occurs in the left-hand side- impact

inflatable restraint assembly, connector A96L – X1 with the in-built capac itor, connector X306, the OPS wiring harness,

connector A65 – X1 or the SDM.

When a history DTC 247 Left Hand Side A irb ag Circuit Power Stage Error sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning

indicator. Should the fault conditions detected b y the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle the code will remain a

history DTC 247 for all ignition cycles until cleared. The airbag warning indic ator will also remain illuminated for the

remainder of the ignition cycle.

When DTC 247 Left Hand Side Airb ag Circuit Power Stage Error sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator

for the remainder of the ignition cycle. Should the fault conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition

cycle the code will remain a history DTC 247 for all ignition cycl es until cleared. The airbag warning in dicator will also

remain illuminated until the history DTC 247 Left Hand Side Airba g Circu it Power Stage Error is cleared.

If DTC 247 Left Hand Side Airbag Circuit Power Stage Erro r is set, dependent on where the fault is, the left-hand side-

impact inflatable restraint assembly may not operate.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the SDM and associated components.

Action Required

If DTC 247 Left Hand Side Airbag Circuit Power Stage Erro r and an y other DTC is set then the diagnostics for the other

DTC should be carried out first. For example if DTC 247 Left Hand Side Airbag Circuit Power Stage Erro r and DTC 85

are set, the diagnostics for DTC 85 should be carried out first.

If only DTC 247 Left Hand Side Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error is set then the SDM should be replaced.

NOTE

An intermittent fault in the left-hand side-impact

inflatable restraint circuit may cause DTC 247

Left Hand Side Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error

to set.

After the fault has been rectified, ensure all OPS component s are reconnected, and enable the SDM. Clear any DTCs,

then verify the correct operation of the system (i.e. warning indicator not illuminated after five seconds of ignition being

switched on).

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–110

Page 12M–110

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is only DTC 247 (left hand side airbag circu it power stage error)

history DTC set? Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4) Go to Step 3

3 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC Information.

Is DTC 247 (left hand side airbag circuit power stage error) history

DTC set along with any other left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint

assembly DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate left-

hand side-impact

inflatable restraint

assembly DTC

diagnostic table(s) Go to Step 4

4 Is DTC 247 (left hand side airbag circuit power stage error) current? Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM) –

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–111

Page 12M–111

2.12 Right-hand Side-impact Inflatable

Restraint DTCs

NOTE

Due to the design of the anti-back-out connector

A96_R – X1 o n the side-impact inflatable restraint

assembly, the connector cannot be disconnected

from the side-impact inflatable restraint assembly

without damaging the assembly. Therefore,

repairs to the OPS pigtail wiring harness that run

through the front seat are not to be attempted

(this includes the cap acitor in connector A96_R –

X1). If this pigtail har ness is damag ed in an y way,

the harness and side-impact inflatable restraint

assembly must be replaced as an assembl y.

DTC 97 – Right Hand Side Airbag Circuit Short to Battery

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the right-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly

positive power supply circuits.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

inflatable restraint control module (SDM) per forms a system self check.

If the SDM detects a resistance to battery supply is less than 5 kΩ in either the positive and/or negativ e circuit for mo re

than 3 – 5 seconds, a current DTC 97 will set, refer to 2.4 System Self Diagnosis for more details.

DTC 97 will set if circuits 2135 (side-impact in flatable restraint, positive side) and/or 2136 (side-impact inflatable restraint,

negative side) are shorted to battery positive.

When DTC 97 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 97. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 97. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 97 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle, even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC, until the fault conditions for setting DTC 97 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 97 is set, the OPS, including the right-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly, may still be operational due

to the reserve energy supply stored in the SDM.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the right-hand side-impact inflatable

restraint assembly and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Uses Tech 2 to check whether DTC 97 is current or history.

3 Tool AU485 is a dummy lo ad taking the place of the right-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly. If DTC 97

becomes a history DTC with dummy load connected, the system fault is in the side-impact inflatable restraint

assembly.

4 Checks for a short circuit to battery in circuit 2135.

5 Checks for a short circuit to battery in circuit 2136. Isolates whether circuit 2136 or the SDM is at fault.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–112

Page 12M–112

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 97 current? Go to Step 3 Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

3 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector X307 from the right-hand side-impac t

inflatable restraint assembly.

3 Connect Tool No. AU485 to connector X307.

4 Connect the battery.

5 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 97 still current? Go to Step 4

Replace the right-

hand side-impact

inflatable restraint

assembly, refer to

3.9 Side-impact

Inflatable Restraint

Assembly

4 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

3 Disconnect Tool No. AU485 from connector X307.

4 Connect the battery.

5 Using a multimeter set to measure voltage, probe b etween

connector A65 – X1 pin 19 and a known ground (refer to Note

1).

Does the multimeter indicate battery voltage?

Repair or replace

circuit 2135 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 5

5 Using a multimeter set to measure voltage, probe between connector

A65 – X1 pin 18 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate battery voltage?

Repair or replace

circuit 2136 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–113

Page 12M–113

DTC 98 – Right Hand Side Airbag Circuit Short to Ground

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the right-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly

positive and negative power supply circuits.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 98 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the resistance to ground

is less than 3 kΩ in either the positive or negative inflator circuit for more than 3 – 5 seconds.

A current DTC 98 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminat e whe n circuit 2135 and/or circuit 2136 are

shorted to ground.

When DTC 98 sets, the SDM illuminates the SRS warning indicator and sets a current DTC 98. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 98. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 98 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle, even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC, until the fault conditions for setting DTC 98 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 98 is set, the right-hand side-impact inflatable restra int assembly will still be operational due to the reserve e nergy

supply stored in the SDM.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the right-hand side-impact inflatable

restraint assembly and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 98 is current or history.

3 Tech 2 in this mode should di splay approximately 1.6 – 6.4 Ω if the right-hand side-impact inflatable restraint

assembly loop circuit is serviceable.

4 Tool AU485 is a dummy lo ad taking the place of the side-impac t inflatable restraint assembly. If Tech 2 displays the

correct resistance of the dummy load, the system fault is in the side-impact inflatable restraint assembly.

5 Checks for a short to ground in circuit 2136.

6 Checks for a short to ground in circuit 2135. Isolates whether circuit 2135 or the SDM is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–114

Page 12M–114

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Does Tech 2 display DTC 98 as a Current DTC? Go to Step 3 Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

3 1 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Data Display, and scroll to Right Hand Side

Airbag Loop Resistance.

Tech 2 should indicate ap proximately 1.6 – 6.4 Ω. Is the value

displayed as specified?

Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

Clear the DTC and

recheck the system Go to Step 4

4 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector X307 from the right-hand side-impac t

inflatable restraint assembly.

3 Connect Tool No. AU485 to connector X307.

4 Connect the battery.

5 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Data Display, and scroll to Right Hand Side

Airbag Loop Resistance.

Tech 2 should indicate ap proximately 2.0 Ω. Is the value displayed as

specified?

Replace the right-

hand side-impact

inflatable restraint

assembly, refer to

3.9 Side-impact

Inflatable Restraint

Assembly Go to Step 5

5 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

3 Remove Tool AU485 from connector X307.

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A65 – X1 pin 18 and a known ground (refer to Note

1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Repair or replace

circuit 2136 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 6

6 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A65 – X1 pin 19 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Repair or replace

circuit 2135 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–115

Page 12M–115

DTC 99 – Right Hand Side Airbag Circuit Capacitance Too High

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the right-hand side-impact inflatable restra int assembly wiring

harness.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 99 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the capacitance in the

right-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly circuit is too high (greater than 550 nF) for longer than 3 – 5 seconds,

refer to 2.4 System Self Diagnosis for more details.

A current DTC 99 will set if the in-built capacitor in connector A96_R – X1 i s faulty.

When DTC 99 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current D TC 99. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 99. The airbag warning i ndicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 99 is set, the airbag warning indicator will illuminate on each ignition cycle, even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC, until the fault conditions for setting DTC 99 are rectified and the DTC (current or hist ory) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

Action Required

If DTC 99 is set, the right-hand side-impact inflatable restra int assembly may not operate and must be replaced, refer to

3.9 Side-impact Inflatable Restraint Assemb ly.

After the side-impact inflatable restraint assembly has been replaced, e nsure all OPS components are reconnected, and

enable the SDM. Clear any DTCs, then verify the correct operation of the system (i.e. warning indicator not illuminated

after five seconds of ignition being switched on).

DTC 100 – Right Hand Side Airbag Circuit Capacitance Too Low

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the right-hand side-impact inflatable restra int assembly wiring

harness.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 84 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the capacitance in the

right-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly circuit is too low (less than 390 nF) for longer than 3 – 5 seconds,

refer to 2.4 System Self Diagnosis for more details.

A current DTC 100 will set if the in-built capacitor in con nector A96_R – X1 is faulty.

When DTC 100 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current DTC 100. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 100. The airbag warning indicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 100 is set, the airbag warning indicat or will illuminate on each ignition cycle, even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC, until the fault conditions for setting DTC 100 are rectified and the DTC (current or history) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

Action Required

If DTC 100 is set, the right-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly may not operate and must be replaced, refer to

3.9 Side-impact Inflatable Restraint Assemb ly.

After the side-impact inflatable restraint (including the ‘pigtail’ wiring harness) assembly has been replaced, ensure al l

OPS components are reconnected, and enable the SDM. Clear any DTCs, then verif y the correct operati on of the system

(i.e. warning indicator not illuminated after five seconds of ignition being switched on).

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–116

Page 12M–116

DTC 101 – Right Hand Side Airbag Circuit Resistance Too High

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the right-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 101 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the resistance in the

right-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly circuit is too high (greater than 8.4 Ω) for longer than 3 – 5 seconds.

A current DTC 101 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when circuit 2135 or circuit 2136 (including the

right-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly) are open-circuit.

When DTC 101 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current DTC 101. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 101. The airbag warning indicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 101 is set, the airbag warning indicat or will illuminate on each ignition cycle, even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC, until the fault conditions for setting DTC 101 are rectified and the DTC (current or history) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 101 is set, dependent on where the fault is, the right-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assemb ly may not

operate.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the right-hand side-impact inflatable

restraint assembly and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 101 is current or histor y.

3 Tool AU485 is a dummy lo ad taking the place of the side-impact inflatable restraint assembly. If DTC 101 becomes

a history DTC with dummy load con nected, the system fault is in the side-impact inflatable restraint assembly.

4 Checks for an open circuit in circuit 2135.

5 Checks for an open circuit in circuit 2136. Isolates whether circuit 2136 or the SDM is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–117

Page 12M–117

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 101 current? Go to Step 3 Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

3 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector X307 from the right-hand side-impac t

inflatable restraint assembly.

3 Connect Tool No. AU485 to connector X307.

4 Connect the battery.

5 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 101 still current? Go to Step 4

Replace the right-

hand side-impact

inflatable restraint

assembly, refer to

3.9 Side-impact

Inflatable Restraint

Assembly

4 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM

3 Remove Tool No. AU485 from connector X307.

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A65 – X1 pin 19 and X307 pin 1 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity? Go to Step 5

Repair or replace

circuit 2135 (refer to

Note 2)

5 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A65 – X1 pin 18 and X307 pin 2 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

Repair or replace

circuit 2136 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–118

Page 12M–118

DTC 102 – Right Hand Side Airbag Circuit Resistance Too Low

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the right-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check.

A current DTC 102 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when the SDM detects the resistance in the

right-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly circuit is too low (less than 0.6 Ω) for longer than 3 – 5 seconds.

A current DTC 102 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate when circuit 2135 or circuit 2136 (including the

right-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly) are shorted together.

When DTC 102 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current DTC 102. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 102. The airbag warning indicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 102 is set, the airbag warning indicat or will illuminate on each ignition cycle, even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC, until the fault conditions for setting DTC 102 are rectified and the DTC (current or history) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 102 is set, dependent on where the fault is, the right-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assemb ly may not

operate.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the right-hand side-impact inflatable

restraint assembly and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 102 is current or histor y.

3 Tool AU485 is a dummy lo ad taking the place of the side-impact inflatable restraint assembly. If DTC 102 becomes

a history DTC with dummy load con nected, the system fault is in the side-impact inflatable restraint assembly.

4 Checks for a short-circuit between circuit 2135 and 2136. Isolates whether there is a short-circuit between circuit

2135 and 2136, or the SDM is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–119

Page 12M–119

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 102 current? Go to Step 3 Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

3 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector X307 from the right-hand side-impac t

inflatable restraint assembly.

3 Connect Tool No. AU485 to connector X307.

4 Connect the battery.

5 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 102 still current? Go to Step 4

Replace the right-

hand side-impact

inflatable restraint

assembly, refer to

3.9 Side-impact

Inflatable Restraint

Assembly

4 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM

3 Remove Tool No. AU485 from connector X307.

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A65 – X1 pins 18 and 19 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Repair or replace

circuits 2135 and

2136 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–120

Page 12M–120

DTC 247 – Right Hand Side Airbag Circuit Powe r Stage Error

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the SDM.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, the SDM performs an initial system self check of the SDM power stages. If during this initial

self-test the SDM detects a fault with the right-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembl y circuit power stage a

current DTC 247 Right Hand Side Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error will set. On completion of the initial system self test

the SDM then performs a test of the right-hand side-impact inflatable restraint circuit. If the SDM detects a problem with

this circuit the associated right-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly DTC will set and DTC 247 Right Hand Side

Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error will become a history DTC.

DTC 247 Right Hand Side Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error will set if a fault occurs in the right-hand side-impact

inflatable restraint assembly, connector A96_R – X1 with the in-built capacitor, connector X307, the OPS wiring harness,

connector A65 – X1 or SDM.

When a history DTC 247 Right Hand Side Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning

indicator. Should the fault conditions detected b y the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle the code will remain a

history DTC 247 for all ignition cycles until cleared. The airbag warning indic ator will also remain illuminated for the

remainder of the ignition cycle.

When DTC 247 Right Hand Side Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error sets, the SDM illumina t es the airbag warning indicat or

for the remainder of the ignition cycle. Should the fault conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition

cycle the code will remain a hi story DTC 247 Right Hand Side Airbag Circu it Power Stage Error for all ignition cycles until

cleared. The airbag warning indicator will also remain illuminated until the history DTC 247 Right Hand Side Airbag

Circuit Power Stage Error is cleared.

If DTC 247 Right Hand Side Airbag Circuit Power Stage is set, dependent on where the fault is, the right-hand side-

impact inflatable restraint assembly may not operate.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the SDM and associated components.

Action Required

If DTC 247 Right Hand Side Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error and any other DTC is set, then the diagnostics for the

other DTC should be carried out first. For example, if DTC 247 Right Hand Side Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error and

DTC 85 are set, the diagnostics for the DTC 85 should be carried out first.

If only DTC 247 Right Hand Side Airbag Circuit Power Stage Error is set then the SDM should be replac ed.

NOTE

An intermittent fault in the right-hand side-impact

inflatable restraint circuit may cause DTC 247

Right Hand Side Airbag Circuit Power Stage

Error to set.

After the fault has been rectified, ensure all OPS component s are reconnected, and enable the SDM. Clear any DTCs,

then verify the correct operation of the system (i.e. warning indicator not illuminated after five seconds of ignition being

switched on).

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–121

Page 12M–121

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is only DTC 247 (right hand side air bag circuit power stage error)

history DTC set? Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4) Go to Step 3

3 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC Information.

Is DTC 247 (right hand side airbag circuit power stage error) history

DTC set along with any other right-hand side-impact inflatable

restraint assembly DTCs?

Go to appropriate

right-hand side-

impact inflatable

restraint assembly

DTC diagnostic

table(s) Go to Step 4

4 Is DTC 247 (right hand side airbag circuit power stage error) current? Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM) –

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–122

Page 12M–122

2.13 Peripheral Acceleration Sensor DTCs

DTC 129 – Left Peripheral Acceleration Sensor Line Fault

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the left-hand peripheral acceleration sensor wiring harness.

Circuit Description

The peripheral acceleratio n se nsor communicates continuously with the SDM by modulating the consumed current at a

constant voltage.

If this communication is interrupted or disturbed by a short circuit to ground between the SDM and the left-han d

peripheral acceler ation for lo nger than 3 – 5 seconds, a current DTC 129 is set.

DTC 129 will set if circuit 2132 is shorted to ground.

When DTC 129 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current DTC 129. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 129. The airbag warning indicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 129 is set, the airbag warning indicat or will illuminate on each ignition cycle, even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC, until the fault conditions for setting DTC 129 are rectified and the DTC (current or history) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 129 is set the left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint assembly may not operate.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the left-hand peripheral acceleration sensor

and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 129 is current or histor y.

3 Checks for short to ground in circuit 2132 .

4 Swapping the left-hand periph eral acceleration sensor with a known good one (right-hand peripheral acceleration

sensor) determines whether the peripheral acceleration sens or or the SDM is causing the problem.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–123

Page 12M–123

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 129 current? Go to Step 3 Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

3 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A66_L – X1 from the left-hand peri pheral

acceleration sensor.

3 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A65 – X1 pin 20 and a known ground (refer to Note

1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Repair or replace

circuit 2132 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 4

4 1 Connect connector A65 – X1 to the SDM.

2 Connect a known good peripheral acceleration sensor (right-

hand peripheral acceleration sensor a nd bracket assembly) to

connector A66_L – X1.

3 Connect the battery.

4 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 129 current?

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

Replace the left-

hand peripheral

acceleration sensor

and bracket

assembly, refer to

3.4 Side-impact

Sensor

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–124

Page 12M–124

DTC 130 – Right Peripheral Acceleration Sensor Line Fault

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the right-hand peripheral acceleration sensor wiring harness.

Circuit Description

The peripheral acceleratio n se nsor communicates continuously with the SDM by modulating the consumed current at a

constant voltage.

If this communication is interrupted or disturbed by a short circuit to ground, between the SDM and the rig ht-hand

peripheral acceler ation se nsor for longer than 3 – 5 seconds, a current DTC 130 is set.

DTC 130 will set if circuit 2134 is shorted to ground.

When DTC 130 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current DTC 130. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 130. The airbag warning indicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 130 is set, the airbag warning indicat or will illuminate on each ignition cycle, even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC, until the fault conditions for setting DTC 130 are rectified and the DTC (current or history) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 130 is set the right-hand side-impact inflatable restra int may not operate.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the right-hand peripheral acceleration

sensor and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 130 is current or histor y.

3 Checks for short to ground in circuit 2134.

4 Swapping the right-hand peripheral acceleration sensor with a known good one (left-hand side peripheral

acceleration sensor) determines whether the perip heral acceleration sensor or the SDM is causing the pr oblem.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–125

Page 12M–125

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 130 current? Go to Step 3 Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

3 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A66_R – X1 from the right-hand

peripheral acceler ation sensor.

3 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A65 – X1 pin 21 and a known ground (refer to Note

1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Repair or replace

circuit 2134 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 4

4 1 Connect connector A65 – X1 to the SDM.

2 Connect a known good peripheral acceleration sensor (left

peripheral acceler ation se nsor and bracket assembly) to

connector A66_R – X1.

3 Connect the battery.

4 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 130 current?

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

Replace the right-

hand peripheral

acceleration sensor

and bracket

assembly, refer to

3.4 Side-impact

Sensor

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–126

Page 12M–126

DTC 131 – Left Peripheral Acceleration Sensor Communication Fault

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the left-hand peripheral acceleration sensor wiring harness.

Circuit Description

The peripheral acceleratio n se nsor communicates continuously with the SDM by modulating the consumed current at a

constant voltage.

If this communication is interrupted between the SDM and the left-hand peripher al acceleration sensor for longer than 3 –

5 seconds, a current DTC 131 is set.

DTC 131 will set if circuits 2132 or 2131 (including the peripheral acceleration sensor) are ope n circuit.

When DTC 131 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current DTC 131. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 131. The airbag warning indicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 131 is set, the airbag warning indicat or will illuminate on each ignition cycle, even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC, until the fault conditions for setting DTC 131 are rectified and the DTC (current or history) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 131 is set, the left-hand side-impact inflatable restraint ma y not operate.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the left-hand peripheral acceleration sensor

and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 131 is current or histor y.

3 Checks for an open circuit in circuit 2132.

4 Checks for an open circuit in circuit 2131.

5 Swapping the left-hand periph eral acceleration sensor with a known good one (right-hand side peripheral

acceleration sensor) determines whether the perip heral acceleration sensor or the SDM is causing the pr oblem.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–127

Page 12M–127

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 131 current? Go to Step 3 Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

3 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A66_L – X1 from the left-hand peri pheral

acceleration sensor.

3 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A65 – X1 pin 20 and A66_L – X1 pin 2 (refer to Note

1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity? Go to Step 4

Repair or replace

circuit 2132 (refer to

Note 2)

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A65 – X1 pin 33 and A66_L – X1 pin 1 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 5

Repair or replace

circuit 2131 (refer to

Note 2)

5 1 Connect connector A65 – X1 to the SDM.

2 Connect a known good peripheral acceleration sensor (right-

hand peripheral acceleration sensor a nd bracket assembly) to

connector A66_L – X1.

3 Connect the battery.

4 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 131 current?

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

Replace the left-

hand peripheral

acceleration sensor

and bracket

assembly, refer to

3.4 Side-impact

Sensor

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–128

Page 12M–128

DTC 132 – Right Peripheral Acceleration Sensor Communication Fault

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the right-hand peripheral acceleration sensor wiring harness.

Circuit Description

The peripheral acceleratio n se nsor communicates continuously with the SDM by modulating the consumed current at a

constant voltage.

If this communication is interrupted bet ween the SDM and th e right-hand peripheral acceleration se nsor for longer than 3

– 5 seconds, a current DTC 132 is set.

DTC 132 will set if circuits 2134 or 2133 (including the peripheral acceleration sensor) are ope n circuit.

When DTC 132 sets, the SDM illuminates the airbag warning indicator and sets a current DTC 132. Should the fault

conditions detected by the SDM clear during the same ignition cycle, the current code will clear and become a history

DTC 132. The airbag warning indicator will remain on for the remainder of the ignition cycle.

If DTC 132 is set, the airbag warning indicat or will illuminate on each ignition cycle, even if the DTC is set as a history

DTC, until the fault conditions for setting DTC 132 are rectified and the DTC (current or history) can then be cleared from

the SDM using Tech 2.

If DTC 132 is set, the right-hand side-impact inflatable restraint may not operate.

Refer to 2.2 Wiring Diagram and 2.3 Connec tor Chart to aid in diagnosis of the right-hand peripheral acceleration

sensor and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks whether DTC 132 is current or histor y.

3 Checks for an open circuit in circuit 2134.

4 Checks for an open circuit in circuit 2133.

5 Swapping the right-hand peripheral acceleration sensor with a known good one (left-hand side peripheral

acceleration sensor) determines whether the perip heral acceleration sensor or the SDM is causing the pr oblem.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagr ams.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–129

Page 12M–129

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Was the System Diagnostic Check performed? Go to Step 2 Refer to System

Diagnostic Check

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 132 current? Go to Step 3 Fault is intermittent

(refer to Note 4)

3 1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing

Procedure.

2 Disconnect connector A66_R – X1 from the right-hand

peripheral acceler ation sensor.

3 Disconnect connector A65 – X1 from the S DM.

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A65 – X1 pin 21 and A66_R – X1 pin 2 (refer to

Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity? Go to Step 4

Repair or replace

circuit 2134 (refer to

Note 2)

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A65 – X1 pin 34 and A66_R – X1 pin 1 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 5

Repair or replace

circuit 2133 (refer to

Note 2)

5 1 Connect connector A65 – X1 to the SDM.

2 Connect a known good peripheral acceleration sensor (left

peripheral acceler ation se nsor and bracket assembly) to

connector A66_R – X1.

3 Connect the battery.

4 On Tech 2 select:

Body / SRS / Diagnostic Trouble Codes / Read DTC

Information.

Is DTC 132 current?

Replace the SDM,

refer to 3.3 Sensing

and Diagnostic

Module (SDM)

Replace the right-

hand peripheral

acceleration sensor

and bracket

assembly, refer to

3.4 Side-impact

Sensor

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–130

Page 12M–130

DTC 133 – Left Peripheral Acceleration Sensor Identification Fault

Introduction

Side-impact sensors are progr ammed during manufacture for a particular vehicle / applica tion type. During this process,

the side-impact sensor is given a unique identification code, which corresponds with the SDM. If this code does not

correspond with the SDM, a current DTC 133 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate with the ignition

turned on.

Action Required

If DTC 133 is set, the left-hand side-impact inflatable restra int ma y not operate. The left-hand side-impact sensor and

bracket assembly must be replaced.

Always refer to the latest Holden spare parts information (Part Finder) for the correct part number of the side-impact

sensor and bracket assembly for a particul ar vehicl e. To replace the side-impact sensor and bracket assembly, refer to

3.4 Side-impact Sensor.

After the peripheral acceleration sensor and bracket assembly have been replaced, e nsure all OPS components are

reconnected, and enable the SDM. Clear any DTCs, then verify the correct operation of the system (i.e. warning indicator

not illuminated after five seconds of ignition b eing switched on).

DTC 134 – Right Peripheral Acceleration Sensor Identification Fault

Introduction

Side-impact sensors are progr ammed during manufacture for a particular vehicle / applica tion type. During this process,

the side-impact sensor is given a unique identification code, which corresponds with the SDM. If this code does not

correspond with the SDM, a current DTC 134 will set and the airbag warning indicator will illuminate with the ignition

turned on.

Action Required

If DTC 134 is set, the right-hand side-impact inflatable restraint may not operate. The right-hand side-impact sensor and

bracket assembly must be replaced.

Always refer to the latest Holden spare parts information (Part Finder) for the correct part number of the peripheral

acceleration sensor and bracket assembly for a particular vehicle. To replace the peripheral acceleratio n sensor a nd

bracket assembly, refer to 3.4 Side-impact Sensor.

After the peripheral acceleration sensor and bracket assembly have been replaced, e nsure all OPS components are

reconnected, and enable the SDM. Clear any DTCs, then verify the correct operation of the system (i.e. warning indicator

not illuminated after five seconds of ignition b eing switched on).

DTC 135 – Left Peripheral Acceleration Sensor Hardware Fault

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the left-hand p eripheral acceleration sensor.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check. If the SDM detects an internal fault in the left-hand peripheral acceleration sensor,

DTC 135 will set and the airb ag warning indicator will illuminate continuously with the ignition on.

Action Required

If DTC 135 is set, the left-hand side-impact inflatable restra int ma y not operate. The left-hand peripheral acceleratio n

sensor and bracket assembly must be repl aced, refer to 3.4 Side-impact Sensor.

After the peripheral acceleration sensor and bracket assembly have been replaced, e nsure all OPS components are

reconnected, and enable the SDM. Clear any DTCs, then verify the correct operation of the system (i.e. warning indicator

not illuminated after five seconds of ignition b eing switched on).

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–131

Page 12M–131

DTC 136 – Right Peripheral Acceleration Sensor Hardware Fault

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the right-hand peripheral acceleration sensor.

Circuit Description

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseconds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check. If the SDM detects an internal fault in the right-hand peripheral acceleration sensor,

DTC 136 will set and the airb ag warning indicator will illuminate continuously with the ignition on.

Action Required

If DTC 136 is set, the right-hand side-impact inflatable restraint may not operate. The right-hand peripheral acceleration

sensor and bracket assembly must be repl aced, refer to 3.4 Side-impact Sensor.

After the peripheral acceleration sensor and bracket assembly have been replaced, e nsure all OPS components are

reconnected, and enable the SDM. Clear any DTCs, then verify the correct operation of the system (i.e. warning indicator

not illuminated after five seconds of ignition b eing switched on).

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–132

Page 12M–132

2.14 Miscellaneous DTCs

DTC 161 – Configuration Mismatch: Too Little or Too Many Loops in OPS

Introduction

NOTE

DTC 161 will only be set and displ ayed b y Tech 2

as a history DTC even if it is current.

NOTE

The instrument cluster must be programmed for

the correct vehicle configuration, refer to

Section 12C Instruments for the procedure on

programming the instrument cluster.

The SDM will set a history DTC 161 because it has been internally configured for a four loop system, for example, but at

the same time has detected a mismatch with the actual ve hicle configuration.

NOTE

Always refer to the latest Holden spare parts

information for the correct part number when

ordering OPS components.

Tech 2 is capable of displa ying the SDM part number. To do this, connect Tech 2 to the DLC, select Diagnosis / Body /

SRS / Turn Ignition On and the system identification screen will display the SDM part number.

Action Required

To diagnose the source of the mismatch, check for other DT Cs set in the system. Rectify faults setting other DTCs, clear

all DTCs from the SDM and retest the s ystem to determine if DTC 161 sets again. If the DTC sets again, install the

correct SDM.

DTC 163 – SDM Internal Fault

Introduction

NOTE

DTC 163 will only be set and displ ayed b y Tech 2

as a history DTC even if it is current.

With the ignition turned on, and on a constan t monitoring cycle of every 500 milliseco nds during the ignition cycle, the

SDM performs a system self check. If the SDM detects an internal fault, DTC 163 will set and the airbag warning

indicator will illuminate continuously with the ignition on.

Action Required

If DTC 163 is set, the OPS may not operate. The SDM must be replaced.

Techline

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–133

Page 12M–133

2.15 Seatbelt Buckle Switch

Wiring Diagrams, Except Coupe

Four-way Seat

Figure 12M – 27

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–134

Page 12M–134

Eight-way Seat – Non-memory

Figure 12M – 28

Eight-way Seat – Memory

Figure 12M – 29

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–135

Page 12M–135

Wiring Diagrams, Coupe

Eight-way Seat – Memory

Figure 12M – 30

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–136

Page 12M–136

Connector Chart

Figure 12M – 31

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–137

Page 12M–137

Circuit Description

The purpose of the driver's seatbelt buckle warning indicato r switch, H12, is to activate a seatbelt warning indicator

located in the instrument cluster assembly. The in dicator illuminates when the ignition is turned to the ON position and

the seatbelt is disengaged from the buckle.

When the seatbelt is buckled, the warning indicator switch is in an open cir c uit condition and when unbuckled the switch

is in a closed circuit condition.

Tech 2 can be used to check the driver's seatbelt buckle warning indicator switch operation. Tech 2 will only display

Buckled or Un-buckled.

The seatbelt warning indicato r will illuminate for four seconds when the igni tion switch is turned to the ON position,

irrespective of the status of the driver's seatbelt buckle warning indicator switch.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the seatbelt indicator illuminates when the ignition is turned on. This can indicate either a faulty

instrument cluster assembly or a faulty power circuit.

2 Checks if there is an intermittent fault in the circuit.

3 Checks if there is a faulty power circuit.

4 Checks the operation of the driver's seatbelt buckle warning indicator switch.

5 Checks continuity of circuit 650 (for all non-memory seats).

6 Checks continuity of circuit 151 (only for eight-way memory seats).

7 Checks continuity of circuit 238.

8 Checks the operation of the driver's seatbelt buckle warning indicator switch.

9 Checks for short circuit to ground in circuit 238.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams .

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagra m s.

5 For information on using and connecting Tech 2 to the vehicle, refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–138

Page 12M–138

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC (refer to Note 5).

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / Instruments / Data Display / Instruments / Drivers

Seatbelt.

3 Unbuckle the driver's seatbelt.

4 Turn the ignition on with the engine off.

Does the seatbelt warning indicator illuminate, and does Tech 2

display Un-buckled? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3

2 1 Turn the ignition switch off.

2 Buckle the driver's seatbelt.

3 Turn the ignition on with the engine off.

Does the seatbelt warning indicator e xtinguish after four seconds and

does Tech 2 display Buckled?

Operation appears

to be normal. Check

for an intermittent

fault (refer to Note

4) Go to Step 8

3 Check the following warning indicators illuminate when the ignition is

switched on with the engine off:

• ABS

• Brake

• SRS

• Generator

Do the above warning indic ators illuminate when the ignition switch is

turned on with the engine off? Go to Step 4 Refer to Section

12C Instruments

4 1 Turn the ignition off and disconnect con nector H12.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe across the

driver's seatbelt buckle warning indicator switch terminals at

connector H12 (refer to Note 1).

3 The multimeter should indicate continuity when the seatbelt is

unbuckled and no continuity (open circuit) when the seatbelt is

buckled.

Does the multimeter indicate as specified?

Go to Step 5 for all

non-memory seats

Go to Step 6 for all

eight-way memory

seats

Replace the driver's

seatbelt buckle and

pretensioner

assembly, refer to

3.5 Seatbelt Buckle

and Pretensioner

Assembly

5 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector H12 – X1 pin B and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 7

Repair or replace

circuit 650 (refer to

Note 2)

6 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector H12 – X1 pin B and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to step 7

Repair or replace

circuit 151 (refer to

Note 2)

7 1 Disconnect connector P3 – X1.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors H12 – X1 pin A and P3 – X1 pin 10 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Replace the

instrument cluster

assembly, refer to

Section 12C

Instruments

Repair or replace

circuit 238 (refer to

Note 2)

8 1 Turn the ignition switch off and disconnect connector H12.

2 Turn the ignition on with the engine off.

Does the seatbelt warning indicator e xtinguish after four seconds and

does Tech 2 display Buckled? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 9

9 1 Disconnect connector P3 – X1.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector H12 – X1 pin A and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity?

Repair or replace

circuit 238 (refer to

Note 4)

Replace the

instrument cluster

assembly, refer to

Section 12C

Instruments

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–139

Page 12M–139

3 Service Operations – Inflatable

Restraint and Pretensioner

Assemblies

3.1 Safety Precautions

When performing service on or around

restraint devices or wiring, follow the

procedures listed in this Section to

temporarily disable the SDM. Failure to follow

these procedures could result in possible

restraint device deployment, personal injury

or otherwise unnecessary repairs.

1 Do not use an external battery charger for starting the vehicle.

2 Do not disconnect the battery from the vehicle's electrical s ystem while the eng ine is running.

3 Disconnect the battery from the vehicle's elec trical s ystem before any external battery charging.

4 Do not disconnect or connect the SDM connector with the ignition turned on.

5 Disconnecting the battery will not immed iately deactivate the SDM. A residual energy reserve in the SDM is

incorporated to enable the pr etensioners and inflatable restraint/s to deploy in the event of a battery failure. The

SDM has sufficient power to deploy the pretensioners and inflatabl e restraint/s for up to 10 seconds after the

battery has been disconnected or the ignition turned off. Many of the service operations require disconnection of

the battery to avoid an accidental de ployment of the pretensioners or inflatable restraint/s.

After a Collision

After a collision, OPS components need to be checked for service ability, refer to

1.4 Repairs and Inspections Require d After a Coll ision.

Fasteners

1 When fasteners are removed, always reinstall them in the same location from which they were removed.

2 If a fastener requires replacement, use a fastener with the correct part number for that application. If a fastener with

the correct part number is not available, a fastener of equal size an d strength (or stronger) may be used. The

correct torque value must be used when inst alling fasteners. If these conditions are not adhered to, parts or system

damage could result.

Windshield

The windshield plays an activ e part duri ng the deployment of the instrument panel inflata ble restraint assembly. The

strength of the windshield and its urethane adhesive is critical to ensure the front seat passenger is correctly protected

during deployment, and must be replaced using the correct repair methods and parts. For further information, refer to

Section 1A6 Stationary Windows.

SDM

Take care when handling the SDM. Do not strike or jar the module or body structure adjacent to the module in a manner

which could cause depl oyment of the pretensioner or inflatable restraints. If an SDM is dropp ed from a height greater

than one metre, it must be replaced.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–140

Page 12M–140

Side-impact Sensor

Take care when handling a side-imp act sensor. Never strike or jar the sensor or body structure adjacent to the sensor i n

a manner which could cause deployment of a side-impact inflatab le restraint. Never carry a side-impact sensor by the

wiring harness leads. If a side-impact sensor is dropped from a height greater than one metre, it must be replaced.

Inflatable Restraint and Pretensioner Assemblies

Refer to Figure 12M – 32 for the following:

1 When carrying a live (undeployed) inflatable restraint assembly, ensure it is pointed away from you. In case of an

accidental deplo yment, the infl atable restraint assembly will then deploy with minimal chance of injury.

2 When placing a live inflatable restraint assembly on a bench or other surface, always face the assembly up, away

from the surface. This is necessary in order to provide free space for the inflatable restraint assembly to expand, in

case of accidental deployment. Also, do not place anything on top of the inflatable restraint assembly.

3 Do not carry a seatbelt pretension er by it's wiring harness lead.

4 Do not apply po wer to an inflatable restraint except as specified in this Sect ion.

5 Do not attempt to make any repairs to the inflatable restraint assembl ies, pretensioners, SDM, or side-impact

sensors. A damaged or defective component must be replaced.

6 Do not weld, solder, braze, hammer, machine, drill, or other wise heat any OPS component.

7 When handling a deployed inflatable restraint assembl y or pr etensioner:

a Always wear gloves and safet y glasses.

b Wash hands with mild soap and water afterwards. The surface of these components may contain chemicals

as a result of the gas generated during combustion which can irritate your skin.

8 When handling a steering co lumn:

a During any service op eration that requires removal and reinstallati on of a steering column fitted with an

inflatable restraint assembly, always carry the steering column with two hands and with the steering wheel

away from your body.

b Do not set a steering column on the floor with the steering wheel facing toward the floor.

During any service operation that requires

removal of a steering column, ensure the

steering shaft is locked to the column to

prevent any possibility of allowing the

steering shaft to rotate and possibly

damaging the clock spring coil ribbon wire.

9 When carrying out steering gear removal and installation procedures, remove the ignition key from the ignition lock

and ensure the steering column is locked. If this operation is not carried out and the steer ing wheel is spun while

the steering gear is removed, the clock spring coil will be destroyed. This will result in the SDM setting a DTC, and

non-deployment of the steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–141

Page 12M–141

Figure 12M – 32

OPS Wiring Repairs

Special wiring harness repair procedures have been developed for use on the OPS due to the sensitive nature of the

circuitry. For further information, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

NOTE

• The pigtail wiring harness that connects the

side-impact inflatable restraint assembly to

the body harness is part of the assembly and

is not serviced separately, due to the design

of the anti-back-out connector on the

inflatable restraint assembly.

• If this pigtail wiring harness becomes

damaged, no wire, connector or terminal

repairs are to be attempted. The side-impact

inflatable restraint assembly and pigtail wiring

harness assembly must be replaced.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–142

Page 12M–142

3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabling Procedure

Disabling

The SDM can maintain sufficient voltage to

cause inflatable restraint assembly and/or

pretensioner deployment for up to 10 seconds

after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF

position or the battery is disconnected.

Disconnection of the battery affects vehicle

electronic systems, refer to

Section 00 Warnings, Cautions and Notes

before disconnecting the battery.

Disconnect both the battery positive and negative leads and wait at least 10 seconds before performing an y work on the

vehicle.

Enabling

Ensure all wiring harness connectors are

connected before reconnecting the battery

leads.

1 Reconnect both the battery positive and negative le ads.

2 Switch the ignition on, and ob s erve the airbag warning indicator in the instrument cluster. The warning indicator

should be illuminated for approximately 5 seconds. During this per iod the SDM performs a wiring and self-check.

3 If no system faults are detected, the airbag warning indicator will be s witched off. If the warning indicator remains

illuminated and an audible alarm chimes, or the airbag warning indicator illuminates 2 seconds after it was originally

switched off, an OPS fault is present. Refer to 2 Diagnostics to rectify the fault.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–143

Page 12M–143

3.3 Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)

LT Section No. — 06–225

Remove

1 Disable the Sensing an d Diagnostic Module (SDM),

refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enablin g Procedure.

2 Remove the floor console assembly, refer to

Section 1A3 Instrument Panel and Co nsole.

3 Using a number T30H Torx bit, Tool No. ETX30H and

suitable holder such as Tool No. J2535 9-8, loosen and

remove the SDM to floor attaching screw (1) with the

ground lead attached to it.

4 Press the locking tab (3) and move the locking lever

(2) rearward while removing the connector from the

SDM.

Figure 12M – 33

5 Using the number T30H Torx bit, Tool No. ETX30H

and suitable holder such as Tool No. J25359-8, loosen

and remove the remaining two SDM to floor attaching

screws (1).

6 Remove the SDM.

Figure 12M – 34

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–144

Page 12M–144

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the SDM is the revers e of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure the directional arro w on the SDM identification label is pointing towards the front of the vehicle.

2 Install the wiring harness ground lead to the left-hand rear SDM retaining screw.

3 Using a number T30H Torx bit, Tool No. ETX30H and suitable holder suc h as Tool No. J25359-8, tighten the SDM

to floor attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

It is very important that the SDM is mounted

securely to the floor. The screws must be

tightened to the correct torque specification

and not exceeded.

SDM retaining screw

torque specification...................................7.0 – 11.0 Nm

4 Connect the wiring harness connector, ensuring the connector is fully seat ed into SDM and the locking lever is

locked in place.

5 Enable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabling Procedure.

6 Switch the ignition on, and ob s erve the airbag warning indicator in the instrument cluster. The warning indicator

should be illuminated for approximately five seconds. During this period the SDM performs a wiring and self-check.

If no system faults are detected, the airbag warning indicator will be switched off.

If the warning indicator remains illuminated, a warning is shown in the instrument cluster multi-function display and

an audible alarm chimes, or the warning indicator illuminates t wo seconds after it was originally switched off, an

OPS fault is present. Refer to Section 2 Diagnostics to rectify any fault.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–145

Page 12M–145

3.4 Side-impact Sensor

LT Section No. — 06–225

Remove

1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabling Procedure.

2 Remove the centre pillar lower trim, and the side sill trim and plate, refer to

Section 1A8 Headlining and Interior Trim .

3 Disconnect the side-impact sensor wiring harness

connector (2) from the side-impact sensor and bracket

assembly (1).

4 Remove the bolt (3) retaining the side-impact sensor

and bracket assembly (together with seat bel t retractor

assembly) to the centre pillar.

NOTE

Do not loosen or unscrew the two nuts retaining

the side-impact sensor to the mounting bracket.

The side-impact sensor is only serviced with the

mounting bracket as an assembly.

5 Remove the side-impact sensor and bracket assembly

from the centre pillar.

Figure 12M – 35

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the side-im pact sensor and bracket assembly is the reverse of the removal procedur e, noting the

following:

1 Tighten side-impact sensor and mo unting bracket assembly retaining bolt (front seat belt retractor retai nin g bolt) to

the correct torque specification.

Side-impact sensor retaining

bolt torque specification..........................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

2 Enable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabling Procedure.

3 Switch the ignition on, and ob s erve the airbag warning indicator in the instrument cluster. The warning indicator

should be illuminated for approximately five seconds. During this period the SDM performs a wiring and self-check.

If no system faults are detected, the airbag warning indicator will be switched off.

If the warning indicator remains illuminated, a warning is shown in the instrument cluster multi-function display and

an audible alarm chimes, or the warning indicator illuminates t wo seconds after it was originally switched off, an

OPS fault is present. Refer to 2 Diagnostics in this Section to rectify any fault.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–146

Page 12M–146

3.5 Seatbelt Buckle and Pretensioner

Assembly

LT Section No. — 14–400

Remove

If a seatbelt buckle and pretensioner

assembly is deployed, the assembly together

with the track and height adjuster assembly

must be replaced.

1 Disable the SDM, refer to Section 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabling Procedure.

2 Remove the front seat from the vehicle, refer to Section 1A7 Seat Assemblies.

3 For the driver’s seatbelt buckle and pr etensioner

assembly, disconnect the seatbelt buckl e switch

connector (1) from the seat assembly.

4 Unclip the seatbelt buckle and pretensioner assembly

wiring harness (2) from the underside of the seat

assembly.

5 Unscrew the Torx-head screw (3) attaching the

seatbelt buckle and pretensio ner assembly (4) to the

seat.

NOTE

The screw is captive to the assembly.

6 Remove the seatbelt buckle and prete nsi oner

assembly and withdraw the wiring harness from the

seat.

NOTE

Store the seatbelt buckle and pretensioner

assembly in a safe place. Figure 12M – 36

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the seatbelt buckle and pretensioner assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the

following:

1 When installing the seatbelt buckle and pretensioner asse mbly, ensure the front locating pin is aligned with the seat

frame.

2 Install the seatbelt buckle and pretension er a ssembly attaching bolt and tighten to the correct torque specification.

Seatbelt buckle and pretens ioner

assembly attaching bolt torque

specification............................................40.0 – 45.0 Nm

3 Enable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabling Procedure.

4 Switch the ignition on, and ob s erve the airbag warning indicator in the instrument cluster. The warning indicator

should be illuminated for approximately five seconds. During this period the SDM performs a wiring and self-check.

If no system faults are detected, the airbag warning indicator will be switched off.

If the warning indicator remains illuminated, a warning is shown in the instrument cluster multi-function display and

an audible alarm chimes, or the warning indicator illuminates 2 seconds after it was originally switched off, an OPS

fault is present. Refer to 2 Diagnostics to rectify any fault.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–147

Page 12M–147

Disposal Procedure

During the course of a vehicle's useful life, certain situations may arise which will necess itate the disposal of a live

(undeployed) seatbelt buckle and pretensioner assembly. These situations may include damage to the seatbelt buckle

and pretensioner assembly or the assembly being diagnosed as faulty. The following information covers proper

procedures for deployi ng a live assembly.

• Failure to follow proper seatbelt buckle

and pretensioner assembly disposal

procedures can result in pretensioner

deployment, which may cause personal

injury.

• The seatbelt buckle and pretensioner

assembly must never be deployed inside

the vehicle.

• Failure to follow the procedures in the

order listed may result in personal injury.

Read the procedure fully before attempting

to dispose of the seatbelt buckle and

pretensioner assembly. Do not connect

the deployment harness to any power

source before connecting the deployment

harness to the seatbelt buckle and

pretensioner assembly. The deployment

harness must remain shorted and not be

connected to a power source until the

seatbelt buckle and pretensioner assemb ly

is ready to be deployed. The seatbelt

buckle and pretensioner assembly will

immediately deploy when a power source

is connected to it. Wear s afety gl asses an d

gloves throughout this entire deployment

and disposal procedure and follow proper

handling procedures or injury may occur.

• The following procedure requires use of

Tool No. J213526-1 deployment harness

with adaptor Tool No. E1992. Do not

attempt this procedure without Tool No.

J213526-1 and T ool No. AU596 as this may

cause the inflatable restraint assembly to

deploy prematurely.

1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabling Procedure.

2 Inspect Tool No. J213526-1 d eployment harness and adaptor Tool No. AU596 for damage. If harness or adaptor is

damaged, discard and obtain a replacement.

The deployment h arness must remain sh orted

and not connected to a power source until the

inflatable restraint assembly is to be

deployed. The seatbelt buckle and

pretensioner assembly will immediately

deploy when a power source is connected to

it, refer to Figure 12M – 39.

3 Short the two deployment harness leads together by fully seatin g one banana plug into the other. The deployment

harness must remain shorted and not connected to a power source until the inflatable restraint assembly is to be

deployed, refer to F igure 12M – 37.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–148

Page 12M–148

4 Connect the deployment harness Tool No. J213526–1 (1) to the adaptor Tool No. AU59 6 (2).

Figure 12M – 37

5 Remove the appropriate pretensioner assembly from

the vehicle, refer to Remove in this Section.

NOTE

Leave pretensioner to seat assembly retaining

bolt installed in the pretensioner once removed

from the seat assembly.

6 Clear a space on the ground of at least 2 metres in

diameter where the assembly is to deploy. A paved,

outdoor location where there is no activity is preferred.

If an outdoor location is not availa ble, a space on the

workshop floor where there is no activity and sufficient

ventilation is recommended. Ensure no lo ose or

flammable objects are within the deployment area.

Figure 12M – 38

The deployment harness (1) must be laid out

to its full length (A) to allow the technician

maximum distance from the seatbelt buckle

and pretensioner assembly to be deployed,

refer to Figure 12M – 39. This minimises any

chance of injury to the technician.

7 Stretch the deployment harness and adaptor from the pretensioner assembly to its full length.

8 Place a power source near the shorted end of the deployment harness. The recomm ended application is 12-14 V,

with a minimum of 2 A (a vehicle battery is suggested).

9 Connect the adaptor Tool No. AU596 and deployment harness lead T ool No. J213526-1 to the seatbelt buckle and

pretensioner assembly.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–149

Page 12M–149

10 Position a wheel and tyre assembly over the pretensioner assembly, refer to Figure 12M – 39.

Figure 12M – 39

11 Verify the area around the pretensioner assembly is clear of all people and loose or flamm able objects.

12 Notify all people in the immediate area that you inte nd to deploy the seatbelt buckle and pretension er assembly.

The deployment will be accompan ied by an explosion, which may startle others.

13 Separate the two banana plugs on the deplo yment

harness.

When the seatbelt buckle and pretensioner

assembly deploys, the rapid gas expansion

will create an explosion. Notify all people in

the immediate area that you intend to deploy

the pretensioner assemb ly.

14 Connect deployment harn ess leads to the power

source to immediately deploy the pretensioner

assembly.

15 Disconnect the deployment harness from the power

source.

16 Short the two deployment harness le ads together by

fully seating one banana plug into the other.

17 Ensure you are wearing gloves to protect your hands

from heat when handling the deployed seatbelt buckle

and pretensioner assembly.

Figure 12M – 40

Safety precautions must be observed when

handling a deployed seatbelt buckle and

pretensioner assembly. After deployment, the

metal surfaces of the assembly will be very

hot. Do not touch these metal areas of the

module for approximately 10 minutes after

deployment. Do not place the deployed

seatbelt buckle and pretensioner assembly

near any flammable objects. If the deployed

seatbelt buckle and pretensioner assembly

must be moved before it has cooled, wear

gloves and handle by the inflatable restraint

assembly plastic components.

18 To prevent damage to the a daptor or deployment harness, disconnect the adaptor Tool No. AU596 from the

pretensioner as soon as poss ible after deployment. The adaptor an d deployment harness are designed to be

reused. They should, however, be inspected for damage after each deplo yment and replaced if necessary.

19 Dispose of the deployed pretensioner assembl y throu gh normal refuse channels.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–150

Page 12M–150

3.6 Steering Wheel Inflatable Restraint

Assembly

LT Section No. — 06–225

If conducting the following operation on an

inflatable restraint assembly that has

deployed, wear safety glasses and gloves to

protect your eyes and hands from possible

irritation when handling the deployed

inflatable restraint assembly.

After deployment, the surface of the cushion may contain a powdery residue. This powder consists primarily of

cornstarch (used to lubricate the cushi on) and by-products of the chemical reaction. The by-products of inflatable

restraint assembly module deployment are carbo n monoxide (CO), nitrog en (N), carbon dioxide (CO2), water (H2O) with

trace amounts of oxides of nitrogen (NOΧ) and ammonia (NH 3).

Remove

1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and

Enabling Procedure.

If the steering wheel inflatable restraint

module is to be removed without removing

the steering column covers, then wrap Tool

No. AU595 with a rag or tape to ensure the

steering column covers do not get scratched.

2 Rotate the steering wheel 90 degrees from the

straight-ahead position to expose two of the four

access aperture holes in the rear of the steering wheel

hub.

3 Fit Tool No. AU595 into the apertures and pivot the

tool toward the instrument panel to move the tangs of

the tool in an outward direction. This will relieve the

tension on the spring-loaded retaining clips. The

inflatable restraint assembly will move slig htly away

from the steering wheel.

Figure 12M – 41

4 Rotate the steering wheel 180 degrees to expose the remaining t wo access aperture holes. Repeat Step 3.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–151

Page 12M–151

When removing a steering wheel inflatable

restraint assembly from the steering wheel,

take extreme care when disconnecting the

wiring connectors as damage could result.

5 Carefully lift the steering wheel inflatable restraint

assembly from the steering wheel and discon nect the

wiring harness connector (1) a nd yellow inflator

assembly connector (2) from the rear of assembly.

• When carrying a live (undeployed)

steering wheel inflatable restraint

assembly, make sure the trim cover is

pointed away from you. In case of an

accidental deployment, the inflatable

restraint cushion will then deploy with

minimal chance of inju ry.

• When placing a live steering wheel

inflatable restraint assembly on a bench

or other surface, always face the trim

cover up, away from the surface. This is

necessary so that a free space is provided

to allow the inflatable restraint assembly

cushion to expan d in the unlikely event of

accidental deployment. Otherwise,

personal injury may result.

Figure 12M – 42

6 Remove the steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly and place in a saf e location.

Reinstall

1 Offer the steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly up to steering wheel hub and reconnect all wiring harness

connectors to the rear of the assembly.

2 Locate the steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly to the four spring loaded retainin g clip mounting points

located in the base of the steering wheel hub.

3 Ensure all wiring harness connectors and wiring is not exposed or trapped between the inflatable restraint

assembly and the steering wheel hub.

4 Pressing firmly on the steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly, push the module toward the steering wheel hub

until the spring-loaded retaining clips lock and retai n the inflatable restraint assembly in place.

5 Enable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabl ing Procedure.

6 Switch the ignition on, and ob s erve the airbag warning indicator in the instrument cluster. The warning indicator

should be illuminated for approximately 5 seconds. During t his period of time the SDM performs a wiring and self-

check. If no system faults are detected, the airbag warning indicator will be switched off.

If the warning indicator remains illuminated, a warning is shown in the instrument cluster multi-function display and

an audible alarm chimes, or the warning indicator illuminates 2 seconds after it was originally switched off, an OPS

fault is present. Refer to 2 Diagnostics to rectify any fault.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–152

Page 12M–152

Disposal Procedure

During the course of a vehicle's useful life, certain situations may arise which will necess itate the disposal of a live

(undeployed) steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly. These situations may include damage to the i nflatab le restraint

assembly or the assembly being diag nosed as faulty. The following information covers proper pr ocedures for deploying a

live assembly.

• Failure to follow proper steering wheel

inflatable restraint assembly disposal

procedures can result in inflatable

restraint assembly deployment, which may

cause personal injury. The undeployed

inflatable restraint assembly contains

substances that can cause severe illness

or personal injury if the sealed container is

damaged during disposal.

• The inflatable restraint assembly must

never be deployed inside the vehicle.

• Failure to follow the procedures in the

order listed may result in personal injury.

Read the procedure fully before attempting

to dispose of the inflatable restraint

assembly. Do not connect the deployment

harness to any power source before

connecting the deployment harness to the

steering wheel inflatable restraint

assembly. The deployment harness must

remain shorted and not be connected to a

power source until the steering wheel

inflatable restraint assembly is ready to be

deployed. The inflatable restraint

assembly will immediately deploy when a

power source is connected to it. Wear

safety glasses and gloves throughout this

entire deployment and disposal procedure

and follow proper handling procedures or

injury may occur.

• The following procedure requires use of

Tool No. J213526-1 deployment harness

with adaptor Tool No. E1992. Do not

attempt this procedure without Tool No.

J213526-1 and Tool No. E1992 as this may

cause the inflatable restraint assembly to

deploy prematurely.

1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabling Procedure.

2 Inspect Tool No. J213526-1 d eployment harness and adaptor, Tool No. E1992 for dama ge. If harness or adaptor is

damaged, discard and obtain a replacement.

The deployment h arness must remain sh orted

and not connected to a power source until the

inflatable restraint assembly is to be

deployed, refer to Figure 12M – 43. The

inflatable restraint assembly will immediately

deploy when a power source is connected to

it.

3 Short the two deployment harness leads together by fully seatin g one banana plug into the other. The deployment

harness must remain shorted and not connected to a power source until the inflatable restraint assembly is to be

deployed, refer to F igure 12M – 43.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–153

Page 12M–153

4 Connect the deployment harness Tool No. J213526–1 (1) to the adaptor Tool No. E199 2 (2).

Figure 12M – 43

5 Remove the steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly from the vehicle as describ ed in this Section.

• When storing a live steering wheel

inflatable restraint assembly or when

leaving a live assembly unattended on a

bench or other surface, always face the

assembly with the trim cover up and away

from the surface. This is necessar y so that

a free space is provided to allow the

inflatable restraint assembly cushion to

expand in the unlikely event of accidental

deployment. Failure to follow procedures

may result in personal injury.

• Ensure other personnel working in the

area are informed where the live inflatable

restraint assembly is and to take care

when working in proximately to the

inflatable restraint assembly.

6 Place the assembly on a workbench or other surface

away from all loose or flammable objects with its trim

cover facing up, away from the surface.

7 Clear a space on the ground of at least 2 metres in

diameter where the assembly is to deploy. A paved,

outdoor location where there is no activity is preferred.

If an outdoor location is not availa ble, a space on the

workshop floor where there is no activity and sufficient

ventilation is recommended. Ensure no lo ose or

flammable objects are within the deployment area.

8 Place the assembly, with its trim cover facing up, on

the ground in the space just cleared.

Figure 12M – 44

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–154

Page 12M–154

The deployment harness (1) must be laid out

to its full length (A) to allow the technician

maximum distance from the inflatable

restraint assembly to be deployed, refer to

Figure 12M – 45. This minimises any chance

of injury to the technician.

9 Stretch the deployment harness and adaptor from the steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly to its full length.

10 Place a power source near th e shorted end of the deployment harness. The recommended application is 12-14 V,

with a minimum of 2 A (a vehicle battery is suggested).

11 Connect the adaptor Tool No. E1992 and deployment harne ss lead Tool No. J213526-1 to the steerin g wheel

inflatable restraint assembly.

Figure 12M – 45

12 Verify the area around the steering wheel inflatable

restraint assembly is clear of all people and loose or

flammable objects.

13 Verify the steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly

is resting with trim cover facing up.

14 Notify all people in the immediate area that you intend

to deploy the steering wheel inflatable restraint

assembly. The deployment will be accompanied by an

explosion, which may startle others.

15 Separate the two banana plugs on the deplo yment

harness.

Figure 12M – 46

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–155

Page 12M–155

When the inflatable restraint assembly

deploys, the rapid gas expansion will create

an explosion. Notify all people in the

immediate area that you intend to deploy the

inflatable restraint assembly.

16 Connect deployment harn ess leads to the power source to immediately deploy the steering wheel inflatable

restraint assembly, refer to Figure 12M – 47.

NOTE

When the inflatable restraint assembly deploys,

the assembly may jump up to 30 cm vertically.

This is a normal reaction of the assembly to the

force of the rapid gas expansion inside the

inflatable restraint assembly cushion.

Figure 12M – 47

17 Disconnect the deployment harness from the power source.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–156

Page 12M–156

18 Short the two deplo yment harness le ads together by fully seating one ba nana plug into the other.

• Safety precautions must be observed

when handling a deployed steering wheel

inflatable restraint assembly. After

deployment, the metal surfaces of the

module will be very hot. Do not touch

these metal areas of the module for about

10 minutes after deployment. Do not place

the deployed steering wheel inflatable

restraint assembly near any flammable

objects. If the deployed steering wheel

inflatable restraint assembly must be

moved before it has cooled, wear gloves

and handle by the inflatable restraint

assembly cushio n o r the trim cover.

• Ensure you are wearing safety glasses and

gloves to protect your eyes and hands

from possible irritation and heat when

handling the deployed steering wheel

inflatable restraint assembly.

NOTE

After deployment, the surface of the cushion

may contain a powdery residue. This powder

consists primarily of cor n starc h (used to l ubr icate

the cushion) and by-products of the chemical

reaction. The by-products of inflatable restraint

assembly module deployment are carbon

monoxide (CO), nitrogen (N), carbon dioxide

(CO2), water (H2O) with trace amounts of oxides

of nitrogen (NOΧ) and ammonia (NH3).

Figure 12M – 48

19 Disconnect the adaptor Tool No. E1992 from the assembly as soon as possibl e after deployment. This will prevent

damage to the adaptor or depl oyment harness due to possible contact with any hot objects. T he adaptor and

deployment harnesses are designed to be reused. They should however, be inspected for damage after each

deployment and replaced if necessary.

20 Dispose of the deployed steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly throug h normal refuse channels after it has

cooled for at least 10 minutes.

21 Wash your hands with mild soap and water afterward.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–157

Page 12M–157

3.7 Clock Spring Coil Assembly

LT Section No. — 06–225

• Improper alignment of the clock spring

coil assembly may cause damage

resulting in occupant protection system

malfunction.

• Absolutely no wire, connector or pin

repairs are to be attempted on the clock

spring coil. If the clock spring coil is

damaged in any way, it must be replaced.

Remove

1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabling Procedure.

2 Remove steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly, refer to 3.6 Steering Wheel Inflatable Restraint Assembly.

3 Remove the steering wheel, refer to Section 9 Steering.

NOTE

When the steering wheel is removed, the inner

clock spring coil inner hub should automatically

lock in the centralised position.

4 Grasp the upper edge of the instrument pan el lower

trim panel assembly (1) and pull outwards to

disengage the three retaini ng clips (2).

5 Swing the panel assembly open.

When disengaging the instrument panel

lower trim panel from the hinge clip, do not

pull the left-hand side of the panel too far

away from the instrument panel before

disengaging the panel from the hinge pin on

the right-hand side of the panel retainer,

otherwise damage to the hinge pin will occur.

6 If required remove the instrument panel lower trim

panel by holding each side of the panel assembly, and

pulling it rearwards to disengage it from the instrument

panel lower trim panel retainer (3).

7 Remove the steering column covers, refer to

Section 9 Steering.

8 Disconnect the wiring from the back of the clockspring.

Figure 12M – 49

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–158

Page 12M–158

9 Insert a fine flat-blade screwdriver through the

opening (1) in the clock spring coil assembly and

disengage the retaining tang (2) by gently levering in

the direction shown.

10 Repeat for the remaining three places and then

remove clock spring coil assembly from the steering

column.

Figure 12M – 50

Disassemble

1 Remove the screw (1), three places, attaching the clock spring coil assembly (2) to the adaptor plate (3) and

remove the coil assembly, refer to Figure 12M – 51.

2 If required, remove the screw (4), three places, attaching the steering angle sensor assembly (5), where fitted, to

the adaptor plate and remov e the sensor assembly.

3 Depress the retaining tab (6), three places, attaching the turn signal cancel cam (7) to the adaptor plate and

remove.

Figure 12M – 51

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–159

Page 12M–159

Clock Spring Coil Centring

Failure to correctly centre the clock spring

coil will result in damage to the clock spring

coil assembly and malfunction of the

occupant protection system.

The following procedure must be performed when reusing a clock spring coil that has been removed from a steering

column and there is doubt that it has remained locked in the central position.

1 Hold the clock spring coil outer housing by one hand

while depressing the inner hu b locking ring (1) with the

other.

2 Carefully rotate the inner hub of the clock spring coil in

a clockwise direction until a st op is felt.

3 While still holding the locking ring, rotate the inner hub

in an anti-clockwise direction for appr oximately 2.5

turns, until the wiring harness is aligned at the top of

the clock spring.

4 Release the locking ring and the inner hub should b e

locked to the outer housing.

Figure 12M – 52

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–160

Page 12M–160

Reassemble

To ensure correct operation, the clock spring

coil assembly must be reassembled in the

following sequence.

1 If fitted, position the steering angle sensor assembly

onto the adaptor plate, ensuring correct orientation.

2 Start each of the attaching screws and then tighten

each screw to the specified torque in the correct

sequence (1, 2 and then 3).

Steering angle sensor attaching screw

torque specification.....................................0.6 ± 0.1 Nm

Figure 12M – 53

3 Where fitted, ensure the notch (1) in the steering angle

sensor is aligned with the tang (2) on the rear of the

clock spring coil assembly.

4 Position the clock spring coil assembly onto the

adaptor plate, ensuring correct orientation.

Figure 12M – 54

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–161

Page 12M–161

5 Start each of the attaching screws and then tighten

each screw to the specified torque in the correct

sequence (1, 2 and then 3).

Clock spring coil attaching screw

torque specification.....................................0.6 ± 0.1 Nm

Figure 12M – 55

6 From the rear, align the two notches in the turn signal

cancel cam (1) with the tangs on the rear of the clock

spring coil assembly (2).

7 Clip the turn signal cancel ca m onto the adaptor plate.

Figure 12M – 56

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the clock spr ing coil is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 With the clock spring coil assembly locked in the centralised positi on, install it over the steering column, aligning the

lower locating lugs on the clock spring coil adaptor plate with the matching holes in the steerin g column switch

housing.

2 Push the clock spring coil assembly onto the switch housing until the four locking tangs fully engage.

3 Enable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabling Procedure.

4 Switch the ignition on, and ob s erve the airbag warning indicator in the instrument cluster. The warning indicator

should be illuminated for approximately 5 seconds. During t his period of time the SDM performs a wiring and self-

check. If no system faults are detected, the airbag warning indicator will be switched off.

If the warning indicator remains illuminated, a warning is shown in the instrument cluster multi-function display and

an audible alarm chimes, or the warning indicator illuminates 2 seconds after it was originally switched off, an OPS

fault is present.

Refer to 2 Diagnostics to rectify the fault.

5 Calibrate the steering an gle sensor, if fitted, refer to Section 5B4 ABS-TCS and ESP – V6.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–162

Page 12M–162

3.8 Instrument Panel Inflatable Restraint

Assembly

LT Section No. — 06–225

If conducting the following operation on an

inflatable restraint assembly that has

deployed, wear safety glasses and gloves to

protect your eyes and hands from possible

irritation when handling the deployed

inflatable restraint assembly.

After deployment, the surface of the cushion may contain a powdery residue. This powder consists primarily of

cornstarch (used to lubricate the cushi on) and by-products of the chemical reaction. The by-products of inflatable

restraint assembly module deployment are carbo n monoxide (CO), nitrog en (N), carbon dioxide (CO2), water (H2O) with

trace amounts of oxides of nitrogen (NOΧ) and ammonia (NH 3).

Remove

1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabling Procedure.

2 Remove the instrument panel pad assembly, refer to Section 1A3 Instrument Panel and Console.

3 Disconnect the instrument panel inflatable restraint

assembly wiring harness connector X205 (1) from

inflatable restraint assembly.

NOTE

Do not disconnect the instrument pan el inflat able

restraint assembly wiring harness connector

A62 − X1 from the assembly.

4 Remove instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly

to lower bracket attaching bolts (2).

5 Remove instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly

to upper dash panel attaching nuts (3).

Figure 12M – 57

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–163

Page 12M–163

• When carrying a live (undeployed)

instrument panel inflatable restraint

assembly, make sure the inflatable

restraint cushion opening is pointed away

from you. In case of an accidental

deployment, the inflatable restraint

cushion will then deploy with minimal

chance of injury.

• When placing a live instrument panel

inflatable restraint assemb ly on a bench o r

other surface, always face with the

inflatable restraint assembly cushion up,

away from the surface. Do not rest the

inflatable restraint assembly with the

inflatable restraint cushion face down.

This is necessary so that a free space is

provided to allow the inflatable restraint

assembly cushion to expand in the

unlikely event of accidental deployment.

Otherwise, personal injury may result.

6 Remove the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly and place in a safe location.

Reinstall

1 Place the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly on the dash panel upp er two mounting studs.

2 Install instrument panel inflata ble restra int assembly to upper dash panel attaching nuts and tighten to the correct

torque specification.

Instrument panel inflatable rest raint

assembly to upper dash panel

attaching nut torque specification.......................45.0 Nm

3 Install the instrument panel inflatabl e restraint assembly to lower bracket attaching bolts and tighten to the correct

torque specification.

Instrument panel inflatable rest raint

assembly to lower bracket

attaching bolt torque specification.............7.0 – 12.0 Nm

4 Connect the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly wiring harness conn ector X205 to the inflatable restraint

assembly.

5 Install the instrument panel pad assem bly, refer to Section 1A3 Instrument Panel and Console.

6 Enable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabling Procedure.

7 Switch the ignition on, and ob s erve the airbag warning indicator in the instrument cluster. The warning indicator

should be illuminated for approximately 5 seconds. During this period the SDM performs a wiring and self-check. If

no system faults are detected, the airbag warning indicator will be switched off.

If the warning indicator remains illuminated, a warning is shown in the instrument cluster multi-function display and

an audible alarm chimes, or the warning indicator illuminates 2 seconds after it was originally switched off, an OPS

fault is present. Refer to 2 Diagnostics to rectify any fault.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–164

Page 12M–164

Disposal Procedure

During the course of a vehicle's useful life, certain situations may arise which will necess itate the disposal of a live

(undeployed) instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly. T hese situations may include damage to the inflatable

restraint assembly or the assembly being diagn osed as faulty. The following information covers proper procedures for

deploying a live assembly.

• Failure to follow proper instrument panel

inflatable restraint assembly disposal

procedures can result in inflatable

restraint assembly deployment, which may

cause personal injury. The undeployed

inflatable restraint assembly contains

substances that can cause severe illness

or personal injury if the sealed container is

damaged during disposal.

• The inflatable restraint assembly must

never be deployed inside the vehicle.

• Failure to follow the procedures in the

order listed may result in personal injury.

Read the procedure fully before attempting

to dispose of the inflatable restraint

assembly. Do not connect the deployment

harness to any power source before

connecting the deployment harness to the

instrument panel inflatable restraint

assembly. The deployment harness must

remain shorted and not be connected to a

power source until the instrument panel

inflatable restraint assembly is ready to be

deployed. The inflatable restraint

assembly will immediately deploy when a

power source is connected to it. Wear

safety glasses and gloves throughout this

entire deployment and disposal procedure

and follow proper handling procedures or

injury may occur.

• The following procedure requires use of

Tool No. J213526-1 deployment harness

with adaptor Tool No. E1992. Do not

attempt this procedure without Tool No.

J213526-1 and Tool No. E1992 as this may

cause the inflatable restraint assembly to

deploy prematurely.

1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabling Procedure.

2 Inspect Tool No. J213526-1 d eployment harness and adaptor, Tool No. E1992 for damage. If the harness or

adaptor is damaged, discard and o btain a replacement.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–165

Page 12M–165

The deployment h arness must remain sh orted

and not connected to a power source until the

inflatable restraint assembly is to be

deployed, refer to Figure 12M – 58. The

inflatable restraint assembly will immediately

deploy when a power source is connected to

it.

3 Short the two deployment harness leads together by fully seatin g one banana plug into the other. The deployment

harness must remain shorted and not connected to a power source until the inflatable restraint assembly is to be

deployed, refer to F igure 12M – 58.

4 Connect the deployment harness Tool No. J213526–1 (1) to the adaptor Tool No. E1992 (2).

Figure 12M – 58

5 Remove the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly from vehicle as detailed in this Section.

• When storing a live instrument panel

inflatable restraint assembly or when

leaving a live assembly unattended on a

bench or other surface, always face the

assembly with the trim cover up and away

from the surface. This is necessar y so that

a free space is provided to allow the

inflatable restraint assembly cushion to

expand in the unlikely event of accidental

deployment. Failure to follow procedures

may result in personal injury.

• Ensure other personnel working in the

area are informed where the live inflatable

restraint assembly is and to take care

when working in proximately to the

inflatable restraint assembly.

6 Using a 2 metre long square steel tube with suitable sized and positioned hol es, bolt the tubing to the lower bracket

of the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembly, refer to Figure 12M – 59.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–166

Page 12M–166

Figure 12M – 59

Legend

1 Nut

2 Washer 3 Bolt

4 Square steel tubing − 2 m long

7 Clear a space on the ground of at least 2 metres in

diameter where the assembly is to be deployed. A

paved, outdoor location where there is no activity is

preferred. If an outdoor location is not available, a

space on the workshop floor where there is no activity

and sufficient ventilation is rec ommen ded. Ensure no

loose or flammable obj ects are within the deployment

area.

8 Position two wheel and tyre assemblies on each end

of the tubing.

9 Ensure the instrument panel inflatab le restraint

assembly is positioned with its inflatable restraint

assembly cushion facing up.

Figure 12M – 60

The deployment harness (1) must be laid out

to its full length (A) to allow the technician

maximum distance from the inflatable

restraint assembly to be deployed, refer to

Figure 12M – 61. This minimises any chance

of injury to the technician.

10 Stretch the deployment harne ss and adaptor from the instrument panel i nflatable restraint assembly to its full

length.

11 Place a power source near th e shorted end of the deployment harness. The recommended application is 12-14 V,

with a minimum of 2 A (a vehicle battery is suggested).

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–167

Page 12M–167

12 Connect adaptor Tool No. E1992 and deplo yment harness lead Tool No. J213526-1 to the instrument panel

inflatable restraint assembly.

Figure 12M – 61

13 Verify the area around the instrument panel inflatable restraint assembl y is clear of all people and loose or

flammable objects.

14 Verify the instrument pane l inflatable restraint assembly is resting with inflatable restraint assembly cushion facing

up.

15 Notify all people in the immediate area that you intend to deploy the inflatable restraint assembly. The depl oyment

will be accompanied by an explosion, which may startle others.

16 Separate the two banana plugs on the deplo yment

harness.

When the inflatable restraint assembly

deploys, the rapid gas expansion will create

an explosion. Notify all people in the

immediate area that you intend to deploy the

inflatable restraint assembly.

17 Connect deployment harn ess leads to the power

source to immediately deploy the instrument panel

inflatable restraint assembly, refer to Figure 12M – 63.

Figure 12M – 62

NOTE

When the inflatable restraint assembly deploys,

the assembly may jump vertically. This is a

normal reaction of the module to the force of the

rapid gas expansion ins ide the inflatable restraint

assembly cushion.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–168

Page 12M–168

Figure 12M – 63

18 Disconnect the deployment harness from the power source.

19 Short the two deplo yment harness le ads together by fully seating one ba nana plug into the other.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–169

Page 12M–169

• Safety precautions must be observed

when handling a deployed inflatable

restraint assembly. After deployment, the

metal surfaces of the module will be very

hot. Do not touch these metal areas of the

module for about 10 minutes after

deployment. Do not place the deployed

inflatable restraint assembly near any

flammable objects. If the deployed

inflatable restraint assembly must be

moved before it has cooled, wear gloves

and handle by the inflatable restraint

assembly cushio n o r the trim cover.

• Ensure you are wearing safety glasses and

gloves to protect your eyes and hands

from possible irritation and heat when

handling the deployed instrument panel

inflatable restraint assembly.

NOTE

After deployment, the surface of the cushion

may contain a powdery residue. This powder

consists primarily of cor n starc h (used to l ubr icate

the cushion) and by-products of the chemical

reaction. The by-products of inflatable restraint

assembly module deployment are carbon

monoxide (CO), nitrogen (N), carbon dioxide

(CO2), water (H2O) with trace amounts of oxides

of nitrogen (NOΧ) and ammonia (NH3).

Figure 12M – 64

20 Disconnect the adaptor Tool No. E1992 from the assembly as soon as possibl e after deployment. This will prevent

damage to the adaptor or depl oyment harness due to possible contact with the any hot objects. The adaptor and

deployment harness are designed to be reused. They should however, be inspected for damage after each

deployment and replaced if necessary.

21 Dispose of the deployed inflatable restraint assembly through normal refuse channels after it has coole d for at least

10 minutes.

22 Wash your hands with mild soap and water afterward.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–170

Page 12M–170

3.9 Side-impact Inflatable Restraint

Assembly

LT Section No. — 06–225

If conducting the following operation on an

inflatable restraint assembly that has

deployed, wear safety glasses and gloves to

protect your eyes and hands from possible

irritation when handling the deployed

inflatable restraint assembly.

After deployment, the surface of the cushion may contain a powdery residue. This powder consists primarily of

cornstarch (used to lubricate the cushi on) and by-products of the chemical reaction. The by-products of inflatable

restraint assembly module deployment are carbo n monoxide (CO), nitrog en (N), carbon dioxide (CO2), water (H2O) with

trace amounts of oxides of nitrogen (NOΧ) and ammonia (NH 3).

Remove

1 Disable the SDM, refer to Section 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabling Procedure.

2 Refer to Section 1A7 Seat Assemblies for the procedure for removing the side-impact inflatable restraint assembly.

• When carrying a live (undeployed) side-

impact inflatable restraint assembly, make

sure the inflatable restraint cushion

opening is pointed away from you. Never

carry the side-impact inflatable restraint

assembly by the wiring harness or

connectors. In case of an accidental

deployment, the inflatable restraint will

then deploy with minimal chance of injury.

• When placing a live side-impact inflatable

restraint assembly on a bench or other

surface, always face the inflatab le restrai nt

opening up, away from the surface. Never

rest the inflatable restraint assembly with

the opening face down. This is necessary

so that a free space is provided to allow

the inflatable restraint to expand in the

unlikely event of accidental deployment.

Otherwise, personal injury may result.

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the side-im pact inflatable restraint assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, not ing the

following.

If the side-impact inflatable restraint

assembly's wiring harness is not routed and

retained correctly, damage to the wiring

harness may occur, resulting in the side-

impact inflatable restraint assemb ly beco ming

inoperative and a DTC being set

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–171

Page 12M–171

1 Enable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabling Procedure.

2 Check operation of front seat mechanical and electrical adjustments / operation. While checking the seat

adjustment / operation, also check to ensure the side-impact inflatable restraint assembly pigtail harness does not

foul with any of the seats moveable components (i.e. seat motor drive shafts, etc.).

3 Switch the ignition on, and ob s erve the airbag warning indicator in the instrument cluster. The warning indicator

should be illuminated for approximately 5 seconds. During this period the SDM performs a wiring and self-check. If

no system faults are detected, the airbag warning indicator will be switched off.

If the warning indicator remains illuminated, a warning is shown in the instrument cluster multi-function display and

an audible alarm chimes, or the warning indicator illuminates 2 seconds after it was originally switched off, an OPS

fault is present. Refer to 2 Diagnostics to rectify any fault.

Disposal Procedure

During the course of a vehicle's useful life, certain situations may arise which will necess itate the disposal of a live

(undeployed) side-impact inflatable restraint assembly. These situations may include damage to the inflatable restraint

assembly or the assembly being diag nosed as faulty. The following information covers proper pr ocedures for deploying a

live side-impact inflatable restraint assembly.

• Failure to follow proper side-impact

inflatable restraint assembly disposal

procedures can result in inflatable

restraint deployment which may cause

personal injury. The undeployed inflatable

restraint assembly contains substances

that can cause severe illness or personal

injury if the sealed container is damaged

during disposal.

• The inflatable restraint assembly must

never be deployed inside the vehicle.

• Failure to follow the procedures in the

order listed may result in personal injury.

Read the procedure fully before attempting

to dispose of the inflatable restraint

assembly. Do not connect the deployment

harness to any power source before

connecting the deployment harness to the

side-impact inflatable restraint assembly.

The deployment harness must remain

shorted and not be connected to a power

source until the side-impact inflatable

restraint assembly is ready to be

deployed. The inflatable restraint

assembly will immediately deploy when a

power source is connected to it. Wear

safety glasses and gloves throughout this

entire deployment and disposal procedure

and follow proper handling procedures or

injury may occur.

• The following procedure requires use of

Tool No. J213526-1 deployment harness

with adaptor Tool No. E1992. Do not

attempt this procedure without Tool No.

J213526-1 and Tool No. E1992 as this may

cause the inflatable restraint assembly to

deploy prematurely.

1 Disable the SDM, refer to 3.2 SDM Disabling and Enabling Procedure.

2 Inspect Tool No. J213526-1 d eployment harness and adaptor, Tool No. E1992 for damage. If the harness or

adaptor is damaged, discard and o btain a replacement.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–172

Page 12M–172

The deployment h arness must remain sh orted

and not connected to a power source until the

inflatable restraint assembly is to be

deployed, refer to Figure 12M – 65. The

inflatable restraint assembly will immediately

deploy when a power source is connected to

it.

3 Short the two deployment harness leads together by fully seatin g one banana plug into the other. The deployment

harness must remain shorted and not connected to a power source until the inflatable restraint is to be deployed,

refer to Figure 12M – 65.

4 Connect the deployment harness Tool No. J213526–1 (1) to the adaptor Tool No. E199 2 (2).

Figure 12M – 65

5 Remove relevant side-impact inflatable restraint assembly from the vehicle as detailed in this Section.

• When storing a live side-impact inflatable

restraint assembly or when leaving a live

side-impact inflatable restraint assembly

on a bench or other surface, always face

the inflatable restraint opening up and

away from the surface. Never rest the

inflatable restraint assembly with the

opening face down. This is necessary so

that a free space is provided to allow the

inflatable restraint to expand in the

unlikely event of accidental deployment.

Failure to follow procedures may result in

personal injury.

• Ensure other personnel working in the

area are informed where the live inflatable

restraint assembly is and to take care

when working in proximately to the

inflatable restraint assembly.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–173

Page 12M–173

6 Using a piece of angle iron (approximately 60cm long)

drill two holes on one surface that will allow it to be

bolted to a piece of square steel tubing (refer to Step 9

and Step 11).

7 On the other surface of the angle iron, drill two more

holes that are suitably sized and positioned to allow

the side-impact inflatable restraint assembly to be

attached to it.

8 Using the existing side-impact inflatable restr aint

assembly retaining studs and appropriate nuts, attach

the side-impact inflatable restraint assembly to the

angle iron, ensuring the opening of the inflatable

restraint will be able to face upwards when bolted to

the square steel tubing.

Figure 12M – 66

NOTE

The side-impact inflatable restraint assembly

plastic housing has an anti-back-out lug (2)

moulded into it which will prevent the OPS wiring

harness connector (1) from being disconnected.

Due to the in-built capacitor in this connector, a

side-impact inflatable restraint assembly cannot

be intentionally deployed with this connector in

the circuit. Therefore, it will be necessary to cut

part of the side-impact inflatable restraint

housing away from the side-impact inflatable

restraint assembly to allow the OPS wiring

harness connector be disconnected.

9 Clamp the angle iron (with the side-impact inflatable

restraint assembly attached) in a vice with the

inflatable restraint opening facing u pwards. Using a

hack saw, cut the end off the side-impact inflatable

restraint assembly plastic housing, to allow the OPS

wiring harness connector (1), with in-built capacitor, to

be disconnected from the side-impact infl atable

restraint assembly.

10 Disconnect the OPS wiring harness from the side-

impact inflatable restraint assembly.

Figure 12M – 67

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–174

Page 12M–174

11 Using a 2 metre long square steel tube and suitable

nuts and bolts, attach the angle iron and si de-impact

inflatable restraint assembly to the centre of the

square steel tube.

Figure 12M – 68

12 Clear a space on the gro und about two metres in

diameter where the assembly is to be deployed. A

paved, outdoor location where there is no activity is

preferred. If an outdoor location is not available, a

space on the workshop floor where there is no activity

and sufficient ventilation is rec ommen ded. Ensure no

loose or flammable obj ects are within the deployment

area.

13 Position two whee l and tyre assemblies on each end

of the square steel tubing, ens uring the side-impact

inflatable restraint assembly opening is facing

upwards.

Figure 12M – 69

The deployment harness (1) must be laid out

to its full length (A) to allow the technician

maximum distance from the inflatable

restraint assembly to be deployed. This

minimises any chance of injury to the

technician.

14 Extend the deployment harness and adaptor to its full

length from the side-impact inflatable restraint

assembly.

15 Place a power source near th e shorted end of the

deployment harness. The recommen ded application

is 12-14 V, with a minimum of 2 A (a vehicle battery is

suggested).

Figure 12M – 70

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–175

Page 12M–175

16 Connect the adaptor E1992 (1) and deployment

harness lead J213526-1 (2) to the side-impact

inflatable restraint assembly (3).

The deployment harness must remain

shorted and not connected to a power source

until the inflatable restr aint assembly is to be

deployed. The inflatable restraint assembly

will immed iately de ploy w hen a pow er source

is connected to it.

17 Verify the area around the side-impact airbag module

assembly is clear of all people and lo ose or flammable

objects.

18 Verify the side-impact inflatable restraint assembly is

resting with the inflatable restraint assembly cushion

facing up.

19 Notify all people in the immediate area that you intend

to deploy the side-impact inflatable restraint assembly.

The deployment will be accompan ied by an explosion,

which may startle others.

Figure 12M – 71

20 Separate the two banana plugs on the deplo yment

harness.

When the inflatable restraint deploys, the

rapid gas expansio n will create an explo sion.

Notify all people in the immediate area that

you intend to deploy the inflatable restraint.

21 Connect deployment harn ess leads to the power

source to immediately deploy the side-impact

inflatable restraint assembly, refer to Figure 12M – 73.

NOTE

When the inflatable restraint deploys, the

assembly may jump vertically. This is a normal

reaction of the assembly to the force of the rapid

gas expansion inside the inflatable restraint. Figure 12M – 72

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–176

Page 12M–176

Figure 12M – 73

22 Disconnect the deployment harness from the power source.

23 Short the two deplo yment harness le ads together by fully seating one ba nana plug into the other.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–177

Page 12M–177

• Safety precautions must be observed

when handling a deployed inflatable

restraint assembly. After deployment, the

metal surfaces of the module will be very

hot. Do not touch these metal areas of the

module for about 10 minutes after

deployment. Do not place the deployed

inflatable restraint assembly near any

flammable objects. If the deployed

inflatable restraint assembly must be

moved before it has cooled, wear gloves

and handle by the inflatable restraint

assembly cushio n o r the trim cover.

• Ensure you are wearing safety glasses and

gloves to protect your eyes and hands

from possible irritation and heat when

handling the deployed side-impact

inflatable restraint assembly.

NOTE

After deployment, the surface of the cushion

may contain a powdery residue. This powder

consists primarily of cor n starc h (used to l ubr icate

the cushion) and by-products of the chemical

reaction. The by-products of inflatable restraint

assembly module deployment are carbon

monoxide (CO), nitrogen (N), carbon dioxide

(CO2), water (H2O) with trace amounts of oxides

of nitrogen (NOΧ) and ammonia (NH3).

Figure 12M – 74

24 Disconnect the adaptor E1992 from the inflatable restraint assembly as soon as possibl e after deployment. This will

prevent damage to the adaptor or deployment harness. The adaptor and deployment harness are desig ned to be

reused. They should, however, be inspected for damage after each deplo yment and replaced if necessary.

25 Dispose of the deployed steering wheel inflatable restraint assembly throug h normal refuse channels after it has

cooled for at least 10 minutes.

26 Wash your hands with mild soap and water afterward.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–178

Page 12M–178

4 Service Operations – Front

Seatbelts

4.1 Front Seatbelts – Except Utility, Regular

Cab and Coupe

LT Section No. — 14–400

Front Seatbelt Assembly

Figure 12M – 75

Techline

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–179

Page 12M–179

Legend

1 Seatbelt Anchor Attaching Bolt Cap

2 Seatbelt Anchor Attaching Bolt

3 Front Seatbelt Assembly

4 Seatbelt Anchor Spacer

5 Centre Pillar Trim Screw Cap

6 Centre Pillar Trim Upper Attaching Screw

7 Centre Pillar Trim Lower Attaching Screw

8 Centre Pillar Trim, Without Height Adjuster

9 Centre Pillar Trim, With Height Adjuster

10 Upper Seatbelt Guide Attaching Bolt

11 Upper Seatbelt Guide Spacer

12 Seatbelt Height Adjuster Attaching Bolt

13 Seatbelt Height Adjuster Assembly

14 Intermediate Seatbelt Guide Attaching Screw

15 Intermediate Seatbelt Guide

16 Seatbelt Retractor Attaching Bolt

17 Lower Seatbelt Guide

18 Seatbelt Retractor Dust Cap

Remove

1 Prise the cap (1) from the lower anchor bolt (2).

2 Remove the bolt attaching the seatbelt lower anchor

(3) to the vehicle. Ensure the spacer (4) remains with

the bolt.

3 Remove the centre pillar lower trim, centre pill ar upper

trim and side sill trim, refer to

Section 1A8 Headlining and Interior Trim .

Figure 12M – 76

4 For vehicles without a seatbelt height adjuste r:

a Remove the bolt (1) attaching the upper seatbelt

guide (2) to the vehicle. Ensure the spac er (3)

remains with the bolt.

Figure 12M – 77

5 For vehicles with a seatbelt height adjuster:

a Remove the bolt (1) attaching the upper seatbelt

guide (2) to the height adjuster assembl y (3).

Figure 12M – 78

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–180

Page 12M–180

6 Remove the two screws (1) attaching the inte rmediate

seatbelt guide (2) to the vehicle.

Figure 12M – 79

7 Remove the bolt (1) attaching the retractor assembly

(2) to the vehicle and remove the seatbelt assembly

from within the pillar cavity.

8 If required, unclip the lo wer guide (3) by prising with a

fine flat-blade screwdriver.

Figure 12M – 80

9 If required, carefully remove the retractor dust cap (1)

from the pillar cavity by breaking the sealer (2) around

the perimeter.

Figure 12M – 81

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–181

Page 12M–181

10 If required and fitted, remove the two bolts (1)

attaching the seatbelt height adjuster assembly to the

vehicle, and remove the adjus t er assembly.

Figure 12M – 82

Reinstall

If reinstalling the same retractor assembly,

inspect the anchor plates, guides and

retractor assembly for damage and the

webbing for abrasions, fraying, cuts etc.

Replace the seatbelt ass em bl y wi th a new part

if any part is damaged.

Reinstallation of the front seat belt assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the follo wing:

1 Apply a bead of non-hardening sealer (windscreen sealer) around the perimeter of the retractor dust cap, refer to

Figure 12M – 81.

2 Ensure the webbing is not twisted and the anchor plate is installed in the correct orientation.

3 Hand tighten all seatbelt bolts a minimum of five turns before using tools.

4 Tighten the bolts to the specified torque.

Seatbelt assembly mounting bolt

torque specification.................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

Intermediate seatbelt guide attaching

screw torque specification...........................1.8 – 2.4 Nm

Seatbelt height adjuster ass embly

attaching bolt torque specification...........20.0 – 30.0 Nm

5 If fitted, set the seatbelt height adjuster to the full up position prior to installation of the centre pillar upper trim.

6 Perform a functional check of the seatbelt to ensure correct operation.

Front Seatbelt Buckle and Pretensioner Assembly

For service operations for the seatbelt buckle and pretensioner assembly, refer to

3.5 Seatbelt Buckle and Pretensioner Assembly.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–182

Page 12M–182

4.2 Front Seatbelts – Utility and Regular Cab

LT Section No. — 14–400

Front Seatbelt Assembly

Figure 12M – 83

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–183

Page 12M–183

Legend

1 Seatbelt Anchor Attaching Bolt Cap

2 Seatbelt Anchor Attaching Bolt

3 Front Seatbelt Assembly

4 Seatbelt Anchor Spacer

5 Body Lock Pillar Trim Screw Cap

6 Body Lock Pillar Trim Attaching Screw

7 Body Lock Pillar Trim Lower Attaching Screw

8 Body Lock Pillar Trim

9 Upper Seatbelt Guide Attaching Bolt

10 Upper Seatbelt Guide Spacer

11 Intermediate Seatbelt Guide Attaching Screw

12 Intermediate Seatbelt Guide

13 Seatbelt Retractor Attaching Screw

14 Lower Seatbelt Guide

15 Seatbelt Retractor Dust Cap

Remove

1 Prise the cap (1) from the lower anchor bolt (2).

2 Remove the bolt attaching the seatbelt lower anchor

(3) to the vehicle. Ensure the spacer (4) remains with

the bolt.

3 Remove the centre pillar lower trim, bod y lock pillar

upper trim and side sill trim, refer to

Section 1A8 Headlining and Interior Trim .

Figure 12M – 84

4 Remove the bolt (1) attaching the upper seatbelt guide

(2) to the vehicle. Ensure the spacer (3) remains with

the screw.

Figure 12M – 85

5 Remove the two screws (1) attaching the inte rmediate

seatbelt guide (2) to the vehicle.

Figure 12M – 86

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–184

Page 12M–184

6 Remove the bolt (1) attaching the retractor assembly

(2) to the vehicle and remove the seatbelt assembly

from within the pillar cavity.

7 If required, unclip the lo wer guide (3) by prising with a

fine flat-blade screwdriver.

Figure 12M – 87

8 If required, carefully remove the retractor dust cap (1)

from the pillar cavity by breaking the sealer (2) around

the perimeter.

Figure 12M – 88

Reinstall

If reinstalling the same retractor assembly,

inspect the anchor plates, guides and

retractor assembly for damage, and the

webbing for abrasions, fraying, cuts, etc.

Replace the seatbelt ass em bl y wi th a new part

if any damage, etc. is found.

Reinstallation of the front seat belt assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the follo wing:

1 Apply a bead of non-hardening sealer (windscreen sealer) around the perimeter of the retractor dust cap, refer to

Figure 12M – 88.

2 Ensure the webbing is not twisted and the anchor plate is installed in the correct orientation.

3 Hand tighten all seatbelt bolts a minimum of five turns before using tools.

4 Tighten the bolts to the specified torque.

Seatbelt assembly mounting bolt

torque specification.................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

Intermediate seatbelt guide attaching

screw torque specification...........................1.8 – 2.4 Nm

5 Perform a functional check of the seatbelt to ensure correct operation.

Front Seatbelt Buckle and Pretensioner Assembly

For service operations for the seatbelt buckle and pretensioner assembly, refer to

3.5 Seatbelt Buckle and Pretensioner Assembly.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–185

Page 12M–185

4.3 Front Seatbelts – Coupe

LT Section No. — 14–400

Front Seatbelt Assembly

Figure 12M – 89

Legend

1 Seatbelt Anchor Attaching Bolt Cap

2 Seatbelt Anchor Attaching Bolt

3 Front Seatbelt Assembly

4 Seatbelt Anchor Spacer

5 Centre Pillar Trim Screw Cap

6 Centre Pillar Trim Upper Attaching Screw

7 Centre Pillar Trim Lower Attaching Screw

8 Centre Pillar Trim, With Height Adjuster

9 Upper Seatbelt Guide Attaching Bolt

10 Seatbelt Height Adjuster Attaching Bolt

11 Seatbelt Height Adjuster Assembly

12 Intermediate Seatbelt Guide Attaching Screw

13 Intermediate Seatbelt Guide

14 Seatbelt Retractor Attaching Bolt

15 Lower Seatbelt Guide

16 Seatbelt Retractor Dust Cap

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–186

Page 12M–186

Remove

1 Prise the cap (1) from the seatbelt anchor bolt (2).

2 Remove the bolt attaching the seatbelt lower

anchor (3) to the vehicle. Ensure the seatbelt

spacer (4) remains with the bolt.

3 Remove the following:

a Rear seat cushion, refer to

Section 1A7 Seat Assemblies.

b Side sill trim, refer to

Section 1A8 Headlining and Interior Trim .

c Quarter panel trim assembly, refer to

Section 1A8 Headlining and Interior Trim .

d Centre pillar upper trim refer to

Section 1A8 Headlining and Interior Trim .

Figure 12M – 90

4 Remove the upper seatbelt guide attachin g bolt (1)

attaching the upper seatbelt guide (2) to the hei ght

adjuster assembly (3).

Figure 12M – 91

5 Remove the two intermediate seatbelt guide attaching

screws (1) attaching the intermediate seatb elt gui de

(2) to the vehicle.

Figure 12M – 92

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–187

Page 12M–187

6 Remove the seatbelt retractor attaching bo lt (1)

attaching the retractor assembly (2) to the vehicle then

remove the seatbelt assembly from within the pillar

cavity.

7 If required, unclip the lo wer guide (3) by prising with a

fine flat-blade screwdriver.

Figure 12M – 93

8 If required, carefully remove the retractor assembly

dust cap (1) from the pillar cavit y by breaki ng the

sealer (2) around the perimeter.

Figure 12M – 94

9 If required, remove the two seatbelt height adjuster

attaching bolts (1) attaching the seatbelt height

adjuster assembly to the vehicle, and remove the

seatbelt height adjuster assembly.

Figure 12M – 95

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–188

Page 12M–188

Reinstall

If reinstalling the same retractor assembly,

inspect the anchor plates, guides and

retractor assembly for damage and the

webbing for abrasions, fraying, cuts etc.

Replace the seatbelt ass em bl y wi th a new part

if any part is damaged.

Reinstallation of the front seat belt assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the follo wing:

1 Apply a bead of non-hardening sealer (windscreen sealer) around the perim eter of the seatbelt retractor dust cap,

refer to Figure 12M – 94.

2 Ensure the webbing is not twisted and the anchor plate is installed in the correct orientation.

3 Hand tighten all seatbelt bolts a minimum of five turns before using tools.

4 Tighten the bolts to the specified torque.

Seatbelt assembly mounting bolt

torque specification.................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

Intermediate seatbelt guide attaching

screw torque specification...........................1.8 – 2.4 Nm

Seatbelt height adjuster ass embly

attaching bolt torque specification...........20.0 – 30.0 Nm

5 Set the seatbelt height adjuster to the full up position prior to instal latio n of the centre pillar upper trim.

6 Perform a functional check of the seatbelt to ensure correct operation.

Front Seatbelt Buckle and Pretensioner Assembly

For service operations for the seatbelt buckle and pretensioner assembly, refer to

3.5 Seatbelt Buckle and Pretensioner Assembly.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–189

Page 12M–189

5 Service Operations – Rear

Seatbelts

5.1 Rear Seatbelts – Sedan

LT Section No. — 14–425

Rear Seatbelt Assembly – Outboard

Figure 12M – 96

Legend

1 Seatbelt Anchor Attaching Bolt

2 Rear Seatbelt Assembly, Outer

3 Body Lock Pillar Garnish Retainer

4 Body Lock Pillar Garnish

5 Upper Seatbelt Guide Attaching Bolt

6 Upper Seatbelt Guide Wave Washer

7 Upper Seatbelt Guide Spacer

8 Seatbelt Retractor Attaching Bolt

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–190

Page 12M–190

Remove

1 Remove the rear seat cushion and either the left or right-hand rear seat back assembly as applicable, refer to

Section 1A7 Seat Assemblies.

2 Remove the bolt (1) attaching the seatbelt lower

anchor (2) to the vehicle.

3 Remove the body lock pillar garnish, refer to

Section 1A8 Headlining and Interior Trim .

Figure 12M – 97

4 Remove the bolt (1) attaching the upper seatbelt guide

(2) to the vehicle. Ensure the wave washer (3) and

spacer (4) remain with the bolt.

Figure 12M – 98

5 Remove the bolt (1) attaching the retractor assembly

(2) to the vehicle and remove the seatbelt assembly.

Figure 12M – 99

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–191

Page 12M–191

Reinstall

If reinstalling the same retractor assembly,

inspect the anchor plates, guides and

retractor assembly for damage and the

webbing for abrasions, fraying, cuts etc.

Replace the seatbelt ass em bl y wi th a new part

if any part is damaged.

Reinstallation of the rear seatbelt assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure the webbing is not twisted and the anchor plate is installed in the correct orientation.

2 Hand tighten all seatbelt bolts a minimum of five turns before using tools.

3 Tighten the bolts to the specified torque.

Seatbelt assembly mounting bolt

torque specification.................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

4 Perform a functional check of the seatbelt to ensure correct operation.

Rear Seatbelt Assembly – Centre

NOTE

The following chart is included to assist with

component identification.

Figure 12M – 100

Legend

1 Seatbelt Anchor Attaching Bolt and Washer

2 Rear Centre Seatbelt Assembly 3 Insulator

4 Seatbelt Retractor Attaching Bolt

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–192

Page 12M–192

Remove

1 Remove the rear seat cushion, refer to Section 1A7 Seat Assemblies.

2 Remove the bolt and washer (1) attaching the seatbelt

lower anchor (2) to the vehicle.

3 Remove the rear window trim panel, refer to

Section 1A8 Headlining and Interior Trim .

Figure 12M – 101

4 Lift off the insulator (1).

5 Remove the bolt (2) attaching the retractor assembly

(3) to the vehicle and remove the seatbelt assembly.

Figure 12M – 102

Reinstall

If reinstalling the same retractor assembly,

inspect the anchor plates, guides and

retractor assembly for damage and the

webbing for abrasions, fraying, cuts etc.

Replace the seatbelt ass em bl y wi th a new part

if any part is damaged.

Reinstallation of the rear seatbelt assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure the webbing is not twisted and the anchor

plate (1) is installed in the correct orientation.

2 Hand tighten all seatbelt bolts a minimum of five turns

before using tools.

3 Tighten the bolts to the specified torque.

Seatbelt assembly mounting bolt

torque specification.................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

4 Perform a functional check of the seatb elt to ensure

correct operation.

Figure 12M – 103

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–193

Page 12M–193

Rear Seatbelt Buckle Assembly

Right-hand Side

NOTE

The right-hand rear seatbelt buckle is part of the

centre rear seatbelt assembly.

For service procedure refer to

Rear Seatbelt Assembly – Centre.

Left-hand Side

Remove

1 Remove the rear seat cushion, refer to Section 1A7 Seat Assemblies.

2 Remove the bolt and washer (1) attaching the rear

seatbelt buckle anchor assem bl y (2) to the vehicle.

3 Remove the buckle assembly.

Figure 12M – 104

Reinstall

If reinstalling the same retractor assembly,

inspect the anchor plates, guides and

retractor assembly for damage and the

webbing for abrasions, fraying, cuts etc.

Replace the seatbelt ass em bl y wi th a new part

if any part is damaged.

Reinstallation of the front seat belt assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the follo wing:

1 Ensure the webbing is not twisted and the anchor

plate (1) is installed in the correct orientation.

2 Hand tighten all seatbelt bolts a minimum of five turns

before using tools.

3 Tighten the bolts to the specified torque.

Seatbelt assembly mounting bolt

torque specification.................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

4 Perform a functional check of the seatb elt to ensure

correct operation.

Figure 12M – 105

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–194

Page 12M–194

5.2 Rear Seatbelts – Wagon and AWD

Wagon

LT Section No. — 14–425

Rear Seatbelt Assembly – Outboard

Figure 12M – 106

Legend

1 Seatbelt Anchor Attaching Bolt and Washer

2 Rear Seatbelt Assembly, Outer

3 Body Lock Pillar Garnish Screw Cap

4 Body Lock Pillar Garnish Upper Screw

5 Body Lock Pillar Garnish Lower Screw

6 Body Lock Pillar Garnish

7 Upper Seatbelt Guide Attaching Bolt

8 Upper Seatbelt Guide Wave Washer

9 Upper Seatbelt Guide Spacer

10 Seatbelt Retractor Attaching Bolt

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–195

Page 12M–195

Remove

1 Remove rear seat cushion, refer to Section 1A7 Seat Assemblies.

2 Remove the bolt and washer (1) attaching the seatbelt

lower anchor (2) to the vehicle.

3 Remove the body lock pillar garnish, refer to

Section 1A8 Headlining and Interior Trim .

Figure 12M – 107

4 Remove the bolt (1) attaching the upper seatbelt guide

(2) to the vehicle. Ensure the wave washer (3) and

spacer (4) remain with the bolt.

Figure 12M – 108

5 Remove the bolt (1) attaching the retractor assembly

(2) to the vehicle and remove the seatbelt assembly

from within the inner side panel cavity.

Figure 12M – 109

Reinstall

If reinstalling the same retractor assembly,

inspect the anchor plates, guides and

retractor assembly for damage, and the

webbing for abrasions, fraying, cuts, etc.

Replace the seatbelt ass em bl y wi th a new part

if any damage, etc. is found.

Reinstallation of the front seat belt assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the follo wing:

1 Ensure the webbing is not twisted and the anchor plate is installed in the correct orientation.

2 Hand tighten all seatbelt bolts a minimum of five turns before using tools.

3 Tighten the bolts to the specified torque.

Seatbelt assembly mounting bolt

torque specification.................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

4 Perform a functional check of the seatbelt to ensure correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–196

Page 12M–196

Rear Seatbelt Assembly – Centre

Figure 12M – 110

Legend

1 Seatbelt Anchor Attaching Bolt

2 Left-hand Side Seatbelt Buckle

3 Rear Seatbelt Assembly, Centre

4 Seatbelt Guide Bracket Bolt

5 Seatbelt Guide Bracket

6 Seatbelt Retractor Attaching Nut

Remove

1 Remove the rear seat cushion, refer to Section 1A7 Seat Assemblies.

2 Remove the bolt (1) attaching the centre re ar seatbelt anchor plate to the vehicle floor, refer to Figure 12M – 110.

3 Fold the rear seat back down.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–197

Page 12M–197

4 If fitted, remove the head restraint (1) by depressing

the head restraint guide height adjuster lock (2), pull

the head restraint completely out of the guid e.

5 Fold the rear seat back down.

Figure 12M – 111

Care must be taken not to break the lower

retaining tabs from the rear seat back trim

cover, otherwise a replacement part will be

required.

6 Carefully remove the rear seat back trim cover (1), by

inserting a small screwdriver at the tab (2) position,

highlighted by small polished areas (3). Push in to

disengage the retaining tabs (3), five places, on the

left-hand seat and three places on the right-hand seat.

7 Start at one end to disengage the cover away from the

seat back and work your way along until all retaining

tabs have been disengaged.

Figure 12M – 112

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–198

Page 12M–198

8 Partly remove the rear seat back cover (1), unzip (2)

the cover down one side of the rear seat back.

9 Pull the outer top finisher strip (3) from the rear seat

back frame.

NOTE

To ease in the removal of the top finisher strip,

gently lever the strip away from the frame using

a screwdriver.

Figure 12M – 113

10 Lever the cover and pa d assembly (1) over the release

button (2).

Figure 12M – 114

11 Pull the top corner of the cove r and pad assembly (1)

down to allow for the removal of the head restraint

guides (2), if fitted.

Figure 12M – 115

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–199

Page 12M–199

12 While holding the cover and pad assembly (1), reach

in between the seat back frame (2) and the p ad

assembly.

13 Squeeze the head restraint guide locating prongs (3)

together and remove the guide up and out of the seat

back assembly.

Figure 12M – 116

14 Using a scre wdriver, release the centre seatbelt

escutcheon (1) from inside the rear seat bac k by

pushing the tangs (2) of the escutcheon through the

seatbelt guide bracket (3).

NOTE

Care must be taken not to break the attaching

tangs from the escutcheon.

Figure 12M – 117

15 Remove the escutcheo n (1) from the seatbelt (2).

Figure 12M – 118

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–200

Page 12M–200

16 Feed the seat back cover flap (1), over the seatbelt

guide bracket assembly (2) and throu gh the pad

assembly (3).

Figure 12M – 119

17 Feed the seatbelt (1) through the slot (2) in the cover

and pad assembly.

18 Remove the cover and pad assembly away from the

seat back frame to gain access to the seatbel t

retractor and guide.

Figure 12M – 120

19 Remove the two bolts (1) attachin g the seatbelt guide

bracket (2) to the top of the seat back frame (3).

20 Remove seatbelt guide bracket by feeding the seatbelt

webbing through the slot in the seatbelt guide bracket.

Figure 12M – 121

21 Remove the nut (1) retaining the seatbelt retractor (2)

to the rear seat back frame (3).

22 Remove seatbelt retractor from the stud in the seat

back frame.

Figure 12M – 122

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–201

Page 12M–201

23 Remove the seatbelt retractor escutcheon (1) by

pushing in the tangs (2) and releasing it from the seat

back frame (3).

24 Feed the seatbelt webbing through seat back frame

and remove the retractor assembly.

NOTE

The seatbelt retractor will not function unless the

seat back is in an upright position.

Figure 12M – 123

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the centre rear seatbelt assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the follo wing:

1 If a new centre rear seatbelt assembly is fitted, ensure the web clip is removed after the retaining nut is tightened.

2 Ensure all fasteners are tightene d to the correct torque specification.

Seatbelt guide bracket attaching

bolt torque specification..........................20.0 – 22.0 Nm

Seatbelt retractor retaining nut

torque specification.................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

Seatbelt assembly mounting bolt

torque specification.................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

3 When installing the hea d restraint guide (1), if fitted,

align the locating ribs (2) with the key-way (3) in the

seat-back frame.

NOTE

Ensure the guide with the height adjuster lock is

installed on the side that corresponds to the

notches in the head restraint shaft.

Figure 12M – 124

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–202

Page 12M–202

Rear Seatbelt Buckle Assembly

Right-hand Side

Remove

1 Remove the rear seat cushion, refer to Section 1A7 Seat Assemblies.

2 Remove the bolt (1) attaching the rear seat belt buckle

anchor assembly (2) to the vehicle.

3 Remove the buckle assembly.

Figure 12M – 125

Reinstall

If reinstalling the same seatbelt buckle

assembly, inspect for damage, abrasions,

fraying, cuts, etc. Replace the seatbelt buckle

assembly with a new part if any damage, etc.

is found.

Reinstallation of the seatbelt buckle assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure the anchor plate (1) is installed in the correct

orientation.

2 Hand tighten all seatbelt bolts a minimum of five turns

before using tools.

3 Tighten the bolts to the specified torque.

Seatbelt assembly mounting bolt

torque specification.................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

4 Perform a functional check of the seatb elt to ensure

correct operation.

Figure 12M – 126

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–203

Page 12M–203

Left-hand Side

Remove

1 Remove the rear seat cushion, refer to

Section 1A7 Seat Assemblies.

2 Remove the bolt (1) attaching the left-hand re ar

seatbelt buckle (2) and centre rear seatbelt anchor

assembly (3) to the vehicle.

3 Remove the buckle and belt assembl y.

Figure 12M – 127

Reinstall

If reinstalling the same seatbelt buckle

assembly, inspect for damage, abrasions,

fraying, cuts, etc. Replace the seatbelt buckle

assembly with a new part if any damage, etc.

is found.

Reinstallation of the seatbelt buckle assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure the anchor plate (1) is installed in the correct

orientation.

2 Hand tighten all seatbelt bolts a minimum of five turns

before using tools.

3 Tighten the bolts to the specified torque.

Seatbelt assembly mounting bolt

torque specification.................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

4 Perform a functional check of the seatb elt to ensure

correct operation.

Figure 12M – 128

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–204

Page 12M–204

5.3 Rear Seatbelts – Coupe

LT Section No. — 14–425

Rear Seatbelt Assembly

Figure 12M – 129

Legend

1 Seatbelt Anchor Attaching Bolt

2 Rear Seatbelt Assembly

3 Body Rear Corner Garnish Retainer

4 Body Rear Corner Garnish

5 Upper Seatbelt Guide Attaching Bolt

6 Upper Seatbelt Guide Wave Washer

7 Upper Seatbelt Guide Spacer

8 Seatbelt Retractor Attaching Bolt

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–205

Page 12M–205

Remove

1 As applicable, remove either the left or right-hand rear se at cushion back assembly, refer to

Section 1A7 Seat Assemblies.

2 Remove the rear seat back assembly, refer to Section 1A7 Seat Assemblies.

3 Remove the seatbelt anchor attaching b olt (1 )

attaching the seatbelt lo wer anchor (2) to the vehicl e.

4 Remove the body rear corner garnish, refer to

Section 1A8 Headlining and Interior Trim .

Figure 12M – 130

5 Remove the upper seatbelt guide attachin g bolt (1)

attaching the upper seatbelt guide (2) to the vehicl e.

Ensure the upper seatbelt guide wave washer (3) and

spacer (4) remains with the bolt.

Figure 12M – 131

6 Remove the seatbelt retractor attaching bo lt (1)

attaching the retractor assembly (2) to the vehicle an d

remove the seatbelt assembly.

Figure 12M – 132

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–206

Page 12M–206

Reinstall

If reinstalling the same retractor assembly,

inspect the anchor plates, guides and

retractor assembly for damage and the

webbing for abrasions, fraying, cuts etc.

Replace the seatbelt ass em bl y wi th a new part

if any part is damaged.

Reinstallation of the rear seatbelt assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure the webbing is not twisted and the anchor plate is installed in the correct orientation.

2 Hand tighten all seatbelt bolts a minimum of five turns before using tools.

3 Tighten the bolts to the specified torque.

4 Perform a functional check of the seatbelt to ensure correct operation.

Seatbelt assembly mounting bolt

torque specification.................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

Rear Seatbelt Buckle Assembly

Remove

1 Remove the rear seat cushion, refer to Section 1A7 Seat Assemblies.

2 Remove the appropriate bolt (1) attaching the

right-hand (2) or left-hand seatbelt buckle (3) to the

vehicle.

Figure 12M – 133

Reinstall

If reinstalling the same seatbelt buckle

assembly, inspect for damage, abrasions etc.

Replace the seatbelt buckle assembly with a

new part if any part is damaged.

Reinstallation of the seatbelt buckle assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the fo llowing:

1 Ensure the anchor plates are install ed in the correct orientation.

2 Hand tighten all seatbelt bolts a minimum of five turns before using any tools to tighten.

3 Tighten the bolts to the specified torque.

Seatbelt assembly mounting bolt

torque specification.................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

4 Perform a functional check of the seatbelt to ensure correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–207

Page 12M–207

5.4 Rear Seatbelts – Crew Cab, AWD Crew

Cab

LT Section No. — 14–425

Rear Seatbelt Assembly

ATTENTION

The following fasteners have either micro encapsulation or incorporate a mechanical thread lock and should

only be used once. If in doubt, replacement is recommended when performing this operation:

 Seatbelt Guide Attaching Bolt

 Seatbelt Lower Anchor Bolt

 Seatbelt Retractor Bracket Bolt

 Seatbelt Buckle Assembly Attaching Bolt

NOTE

The following chart is included to assist with

component identification.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–208

Page 12M–208

Figure 12M – 134

Legend

1 Seatbelt Guide

2 Seatbelt Guide Attaching Bolt

3 Seatbelt

4 Seatbelt Retractor

5 Seatbelt Lower Anchor

6 Seatbelt Lower Anchor Bolt

7 Seatbelt Retractor Bracket

8 Seatbelt Retractor Bracket Bolt

9 Seatbelt Buckle Assembly

10 Seatbelt Buckle Assembly Attaching Bolt

11 Seatbelt Buckle Bracket

12 Child Seat Anchor

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–209

Page 12M–209

Remove

NOTE

The seatbelt assemblies ar e similar in each of the

rear seating positions. The left-hand belt buckle

assembly is attached to the rear centre seatbelt

assembly.

1 Remove the rear seat cushion, refer to

Section 1A7 Seat Assemblies.

2 Remove the bolt (1) attaching the seatbelt anchor (2)

to the retractor bracket (3).

3 Remove the rear seat back, refer to

Section 1A7 Seat Assemblies.

4 Remove the upper cross-beam cover, refer to

Section 1A8 Headlining and Interior Trim .

Figure 12M – 135

5 Remove the bolt (1) attaching the seatbelt guide (2) to

the upper cross-beam.

Figure 12M – 136

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–210

Page 12M–210

6 Remove the four bolts (1) attaching the retractor

bracket assembly (2) to the vehicle.

7 Remove the seatbelt assembly.

NOTE

The retractor is permanently riveted to the

bracket.

Figure 12M – 137

Reinstall

If reinstalling the same retractor assembly,

inspect the anchor plates, guides and

retractor assembly for damage, and the

webbing for abrasions, fraying, cuts, etc.

Replace the seatbelt ass em bl y wi th a new part

if any damage, etc. is found.

Reinstallation of the seatbelt assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the foll owing:

1 Ensure the webbing is not twisted.

2 Renew any bolts removed.

3 Hand tighten all seatbelt bolts a minimum of five turns before using tools.

4 Tighten the bolts to the specified torque.

 Seatbelt retractor bracket

mounting bolt torque specification...........35.0 – 50.0 Nm

 Seatbelt guide attaching

bolt torque specification..........................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

 Seatbelt lower anchor mounting

bolt torque specification..........................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

 Seatbelt buckle attaching

bolt torque specification..........................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

5 Perform a functional check of the seatbelt to ensure correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–211

Page 12M–211

Rear Seatbelt Buckle Assembly

ATTENTION

The following fasteners have either micro encapsulation or incorporate a mechanical thread lock and should

only be used once. If in doubt, replacement is recommended when performing this operation:

 Seatbelt buckle assembly mounting bolt

Left-hand Side

The left-hand rear seatbelt buckle is part of the rear centre seatbelt assem bl y. For the service procedure, refer to

Rear Seatbelt Assembly.

Right-hand Side

Remove

1 Remove the rear seat cushion, refer to Section 1A7 Seat Assemblies.

2 Remove the bolt (1) attaching the rear seat belt buckle

anchor assembly (2) to the vehicle.

3 Remove the buckle assembly.

Figure 12M – 138

Reinstall

If reinstalling the same buckle assembly,

inspect the buckle for any damage. Replace

the buckle assembly with a new part if any

damage is found.

Reinstallation of the seatbelt buckle assembly is the reverse of removal noting the following.

1 Hand tighten the new seatbelt bolt a minimum of five turns before usi ng tools.

2 Tighten the bolt to the specified torque.

 Seatbelt buckle assembly mounting

bolt torque specification..........................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

3 Perform a functional check of the seatbelt to ensure correct operation.

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–212

Page 12M–212

6 Service Operations – Child Seat

Anchors

6.1 Child Seat Anchors – Sedan

LT Section No. — AA–020

Remove

1 Open the flap (1) in the rear window trim panel.

2 Remove the bolt (2) attaching the anchor (3) and

washer (4) to the vehicle and remove.

Figure 12M – 139

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the child s ea t anchors is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure the anchors are installed in the correct orientation.

2 Hand tighten the bolt a minimum of five turns before using tools.

3 Tighten the bolt to the specified torque.

Child seat anchor mounting bolt

torque specification.................................15.0 – 25.0 Nm

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–213

Page 12M–213

6.2 Child Seat Anchors – Wagon and AWD

Wagon

LT Section No. — AA–020

Remove

1 From the rear of the rear seat back, remove the bolt

(1) attaching the escutcheon (2), anchor (3) and

washer (4) to the seat back and remove.

Figure 12M – 140

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the child s ea t anchors is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure the anchors are installed in the correct orientation.

2 Hand tighten the bolt a minimum of five turns before usin g any tools to tighten.

3 Tighten the bolt to the specified torque.

Child seat anchor mounting bolt

torque specification.................................15.0 – 25.0 Nm

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–214

Page 12M–214

6.3 Child Seat Anchors – Utility and Regular

Cab

LT Section No. — AA–020

Remove

1 Prise open the child seat anc hor cover (1).

2 Remove the bolt (2) attaching the anchor (3) and

washer (4) to the vehicle and remove.

Figure 12M – 141

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the child s ea t anchors is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure the anchors are installed in the correct orientation.

2 Hand tighten the bolt a minimum of five turns before usin g any tools to tighten.

3 Tighten the bolt to the specified torque.

Child seat anchor mounting bolt

torque specification.................................15.0 – 25.0 Nm

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–215

Page 12M–215

6.4 Child Seat Anchors – Coupe

LT Section No. — AA–020

Remove

1 Remove the rear window trim panel, refer to

Section 1A8 Headlining and Interior Trim .

2 Remove the bolt (1) attaching the anchor (2) and

washer (3) to the vehicle and remove.

Figure 12M – 142

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the child s ea t anchors is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure the anchors are installed in the correct orientation.

2 Hand tighten the bolt a minimum of five turns before usin g any tools to tighten.

3 Tighten the bolt to the specified torque.

Child seat anchor mounting bolt

torque specification.................................15.0 – 25.0 Nm

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–216

Page 12M–216

6.5 Child Seat Anchors – Crew Cab and

AWD Crew Cab

LT Section No. — AA–020

Three child seat anchors are permanently attached to the

vehicle. They are not serviced separately from the upper

rear body inner panel.

Access to each child seat anchor (1) is gaine d b y removing

the appropriate rear seat-back insert (2), refer to

Section 1A7 Seat Assemblies, and lifting the material flaps

(3) covering the anchor.

When the child seat anchors are not in use, the rear seat-

back inserts should be fitted into place.

Figure 12M – 143

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–217

Page 12M–217

7 Torque Wrench Specifications

SDM Retaining Screw .................................................................7.0 – 11.0 Nm

Side-impact Sensor Retaining Bolt............................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

Seatbelt Buckle and Pretensioner Assembly Attaching Bolt......40.0 – 45.0 Nm

Steering Angle Sensor Attaching Screw........................................0.6 ± 0.1 Nm

Clock Spring Coil Attaching Screw................................................0.6 ± 0.1 Nm

Instrument Panel Inflatable Restraint Assembly Attaching Nut.............45.0 Nm

Instrument Panel Inflatable Restraint Assembly Attaching Bolt...7.0 – 12.0 Nm

Seatbelt Assembly Mounting Bolt..............................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

Intermediate Seatbelt Guide Attaching Screw...............................1.8 – 2.4 Nm

Seatbelt Height Adjuster Assembly Attaching Bolt....................20.0 – 30.0 Nm

Seatbelt Guide Bracket Attaching Bolt.......................................20.0 – 22.0 Nm

Seatbelt Retractor Retaining Nut...............................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

Seatbelt Retractor Bracket Mounting Bolt..................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

Seatbelt Guide Attaching Bolt....................................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

Seatbelt Lower Anchor Mounting Bolt.......................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

Seatbelt Buckle Attaching Bolt ..................................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

Child Seat Anchor Mounting Bolt...............................................15.0 – 25.0 Nm

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–218

Page 12M–218

8 Special Tools

Tool Number Illustration Description Tool Classification

7000086I

Tech 2 Diagnostic Scan Tool

Used for diagnosis of vehicle electrical

system.

Previously released.

Mandatory

AU595

Steering Wheel Inflatable Res t raint

Assembly Removal Tool

Used for removing the steering wheel

inflatable restraint assembly from the

steering wheel hub.

New release.

Mandatory

AU596

Deployment Harness Adaptor For

Seatbelt Pretensioner

Used in conjunction with deplo yment

harness Tool No. J213526-1 for

deploying seatbelt pretensioner when

removed from the vehicle.

New release.

Available

E1408

Steering Wheel Puller Legs

Used in conjunction with a suitable

steering wheel puller such as J1858-A

or 7245 for removing steering wheel.

Previously released.

Desirable

E1992

Deployment Harness Adaptor

Used in conjunction with deplo yment

harness Tool No. J213526-1 for

deploying OPS components when

removed from the vehicle

Previously released.

Available

ETX30H

T30H Torx Bit

Used in conjunction with Torx bit

holder Tool No. J25359-8 (or

ETX55HLD)

Also commercially available as a

T30H Torx bit.

Previously released.

Mandatory

J213200

Digital Multimeter

Used for various measurement

functions. Must have at least 10 MΩ

input impedance and be capable of

reading capacitance.

Previously released (or use

commercial equivalent).

Available

J213526-1

Deployment Harness

Used in conjunction with deplo yment

harness adaptors T ool No. E1992 and

Tool No. AU596 for deploying OPS

components when removed from the

vehicle

Previously released

Available

Occupant Protection System Page 12M–219

Page 12M–219

J25359-8

Torx Bit Holder

Commercially available.

Previously released.

Mandatory

J38125-A

Pin Repair Kit

Must be used when repairing OPS

wiring.

Previously released.

Available

KM-609

(J35616-A)

Electronic Kit

Used in conjunction with a multimeter

for measuring voltages and

resistances without damaging wiring

harness connectors.

Desirable

KM609-20

Test Leads

Used when carrying out diagnostic

circuit check on the OPS system.

Previously released.

Mandatory

SD28280B

(AU471)

Dummy Load

For steering wheel inflatable restraint

assembly and instrument panel

inflatable restraint assembly.

Mandatory

EL47787

Dummy Load

For seat belt pretensioner assembly. Mandatory

AU485

Dummy Load

For side-impact inflatable restraint

assembly.

Mandatory